FIDELITY BANCORP INC
10-K, 1998-12-29
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: IDS LIFE SERIES FUND INC, NSAR-A/A, 1998-12-29
Next: INTERSTATE JOHNSON LANE INC, 10-K, 1998-12-29



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
  [ X ]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended                 September 30, 1998
                                          ------------------ 

                                     - or -

  [   ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                       to

                         Commission File Number: 0-22288

                             FIDELITY BANCORP, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

                  Pennsylvania                            25-1705405
                  ------------                            ----------
       (State or other jurisdiction of                  (I.R.S. Employer
      of incorporation or organization)               Identification No.)

  1009 Perry Highway, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania              15237
  --------------------------------------------              -----
   (Address of principal executive offices)               (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:              (412) 367-3300
                                                                 --------------
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:         None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
                                (Title of Class)

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  [ X ]  No   [  ]
<PAGE>
         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

         The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates
of the Registrant,  based on the closing sales price of the Registrant's  Common
Stock as quoted on the  National  Market of The Nasdaq  Stock Market on December
11, 1998 was $28.8 million.

         As of December 11,  1998,  the  Registrant  had  outstanding  1,980,590
shares of Common Stock.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1.       Parts  II and IV --  Portions  of the  Registrant's  Annual  Report  to
         Stockholders for fiscal year ended September 30, 1998.

2.       Part III -- Portions of the Registrant's  Proxy Statement for a meeting
         to be held on February 2, 1999.


<PAGE>
Part I

         Fidelity  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  may from  time to time make
written or oral "forward-looking statements",  including statements contained in
the Company's  filings with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  (including
this Annual  Report on Form 10-K and the  exhibits  thereto),  in its reports to
stockholders and in other communications by the Company,  which are made in good
faith by the Company  pursuant to the "safe  harbor"  provisions  of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

         These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties,  such
as statements of the Company's plans,  objectives,  expectations,  estimates and
intentions,  that are subject to change based on various important factors (some
of which are beyond the Company's control). The following factors, among others,
could cause the Company's  financial  performance to differ  materially from the
plans,  objectives,  expectations,  estimates and  intentions  expressed in such
forward-looking statements: the strength of the United States economy in general
and  the  strength  of  the  local  economies  in  which  the  Company  conducts
operations;  the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies
and laws,  including  interest  rate  policies of the board of  governors of the
federal  reserve  system,   inflation,   interest  rates,  market  and  monetary
fluctuations;  the timely  development  of and  acceptance  of new  products and
services of the Company and the perceived  overall  value of these  products and
services by users,  including  the  features,  pricing  and quality  compared to
competitors'  products and  services;  the  willingness  of users to  substitute
competitors' products and services for the Company's products and services;  the
success of the  Company in  gaining  regulatory  approval  of its  products  and
services,  when required;  the impact of changes in financial services' laws and
regulations   (including  laws  concerning   taxes,   banking,   securities  and
insurance);  technological changes,  acquisitions;  changes in consumer spending
and  saving  habits;  and the  success  of the  Company  at  managing  the risks
resulting from these factors.

         The Company  cautions that the listed  factors are not  exclusive.  The
Company does not  undertake  to update any  forward-looking  statement,  whether
written  or oral,  that may be made  from  time to time by or on  behalf  of the
Company.

Item 1. Description of Business

         On August 19, 1993,  Fidelity  Bank,  PaSB  ("Fidelity"  or the "Bank")
consummated its reorganization  into a bank holding company form of organization
(the  "Reorganization")  and thereby  became a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
Company.  The Company's other  subsidiary,  FB Capital Trust (the "Trust"),  was
created in May 1997 solely to  facilitate  the issuance of preferred  securities
and the sale of the Company's junior subordinated debentures. However, since the
primary  activities of the Company are those of the Bank, much of the discussion
herein  pertains  to  the  Bank,  even  though   comparisons  to  total  assets,
liabilities, etc. are based on the Company's consolidated numbers.

         The  Bank is a  Pennsylvania-chartered  stock  savings  bank  which  is
headquartered in Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  Deposits in the Bank are insured by
the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation  ("FDIC").  The Bank,  incorporated in 1927,  conducts business from
eight full-service offices located in Allegheny and Butler counties, two of five
Pennsylvania  counties  which  comprise the  metropolitan  and suburban areas of
greater Pittsburgh.

         At September 30, 1998, the Company had total assets of $406.0  million,
savings  deposits of $261.7 million and  stockholders'  equity of $29.0 million.
The Bank's principal  business consists of attracting  deposits from the general
public through its home office and branch offices and investing such
<PAGE>
deposits  primarily in single-family  (one-to-four  family)  residential  loans,
mortgage-backed securities and, to a lesser extent, commercial real estate loans
in the Bank's  primary  market area. In recent years,  the Bank has also been an
active  originator of home equity and consumer loans and has originated loans to
small businesses in its immediate market area.

         The Bank's earnings have historically  depended  primarily on its level
of net interest income,  which is determined by the difference between the yield
earned  on its  loans,  investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities  and  other
interest-earning  assets and the rate paid on its  deposits and  borrowings.  In
recent years,  the Bank has sought to improve  profitability  by (i) emphasizing
the origination and purchase of  interest-rate  sensitive assets and assets with
short-term  maturities;  and (ii)  developing a long-range  asset and  liability
management strategy to reduce the imbalance between the Bank's  interest-earning
assets and its interest-bearing liabilities with short-term maturities. The Bank
has  emphasized  the  origination  of  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans and home
equity, consumer and commercial business loans, because such loans traditionally
have shorter  terms to maturity.  The Bank's Board of Directors has also adopted
written management and investment  policies,  formulated with the cooperation of
its senior  officers,  to implement  portions of the Bank's assets and liability
management strategy.

         As a result of the  Bank's  actions,  the  amount  by which the  Bank's
interest-earning   that   mature  or  reprice   within   one  year   exceed  its
interest-bearing  liabilities with similar  characteristics equaled $4.1 million
or 1.0% of total assets at September 30, 1998.  Adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans
amounted to 29.3%, 31.3% and 20.7% of the Bank's  originations of mortgage loans
in fiscal 1998, 1997, and 1996 respectively.  The origination of adjustable-rate
mortgage loans has been emphasized in recent years. The Bank also is emphasizing
the  origination  of home  equity  loans  (loans  secured  by the  equity in the
borrower's   residence  but  not   necessarily   for  the  purpose  of  property
improvement).  In recent years,  the Bank has also been an active  originator of
consumer loans and has increased its  commercial  business  lending.  These home
equity, consumer and commercial business loans generally have shorter maturities
and higher interest rates than residential mortgage loans. The Bank continues to
offer long-term, fixed-rate residential mortgage loans, but generally only under
terms, conditions,  and documentation which permit the sale of a portion of such
loans in the secondary market.

         Customer  savings deposits with the Bank are insured by the SAIF to the
maximum  extent  provided  by law and the  Bank is now,  following  its  charter
conversion,  subject to examination and comprehensive regulation by the FDIC and
the Pennsylvania Department of Banking ("Department"). The Bank is also a member
of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh  ("FHLB of  Pittsburgh"  or "FHLB"),
which is one of the 12 regional banks  comprising  the FHLB System.  The Bank is
further  subject to regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System ("Federal  Reserve Board")  governing  reserves required to be maintained
against deposits and certain other matters.

         The Bank  conducts  its main  business  through  its  executive  office
located at 1009 Perry Highway,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania  15237,  and eight (8)
branch offices  located in Allegheny and Butler  Counties in  Pennsylvania.  The
Bank's primary market area is in these counties in western Pennsylvania,  and is
one of many financial institutions serving this market area. The competition for
deposit  products  and loan  originations  comes  from other  insured  financial
institutions such as commercial banks,  thrift institutions and credit unions in
the Bank's market area. Deposit  competition also includes a number of insurance
products sold by local agents and  investment  products such as mutual funds and
other  securities  sold by local and  regional  brokers.  The Bank's main office
telephone number is (412) 367-3300.

                                       2
<PAGE>
Lending Activities

The following table sets forth information  concerning the Bank's loan portfolio
by type at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  As of September 30,
                                                            1998                           1997                          1996       
                                                   ----------------------         --------------------          --------------------
                                                    $               %              $               %             $               %  
                                                   --------       -------         --------      ------          ---------     ------
                                                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>   
Real estate loans:
  Residential:
    Single-family (1-4 units)..............        $115,559        49.1%          $ 97,698        51.6%         $ 80,186       50.8%
    Multi-family (over 4 units)............           4,262         1.8              4,165         2.2             4,435        2.8 
  Construction.............................          21,212         9.0              7,614         4.0             7,645        4.8 
  Commercial...............................          21,881         9.3             19,976        10.5            19,112       12.1 
                                                   --------       -----           --------       -----          --------      ----- 
       Total real estate loans.............         162,914        69.2             29,453        68.3           111,378       70.5 
Installment loans..........................          49,122        20.9             43,081        22.8            35,782       22.7 
Commercial business and lease loans........          23,157         9.9             16,873         8.9            10,702        6.8 
                                                   --------       -----           --------       -----          --------      ----- 
       Total loans receivable..............         235,193       100.0%           189,407       100.0%          157,862      100.0%
                                                                  =====                          =====                        ===== 
Less:
  Loans in process.........................        (12,916)                        (3,695)                       (4,109)            
  Unamortized premiums,
    discounts and deferred loan fees.......        ( 1,142)                          (912)                         (960)            
  Allowance for possible loan losses.......        ( 2,243)                        (1,931)                       (1,530)            
                                                  --------                       --------                      --------             
       Net loans receivable................       $218,892                       $182,869                      $151,263             
                                                  ========                       ========                      ========             
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995                           1994       
                                                    ---------------------           --------------------             
                                                        $            %                  $            %  
                                                    ---------      ------           ---------       ----     
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>    
Real estate loans:                          
  Residential:                              
    Single-family (1-4 units)..............         $ 60,160        47.4%            $61,570        52.7%  
    Multi-family (over 4 units)............            5,156         4.1               5,664         4.9   
  Construction.............................            6,911         5.4               5,595         4.8   
  Commercial...............................           20,102        15.8              17,032        14.6   
                                                    --------       -----             -------       -----   
       Total real estate loans.............           92,329        72.7              89,861        77.0   
Installment loans..........................           28,421        22.4              22,992        19.7   
Commercial business and lease loans........            6,186         4.9               3,918         3.3   
                                                                                                           
       Total loans receivable..............          126,936       100.0%            116,771       100.0%  
                                                                   =====                           =====   
Less:                                                                                                      
  Loans in process.........................          (3,664)                         (1,843)               
  Unamortized premiums,                                                                                    
    discounts and deferred loan fees.......            (939)                           (947)               
  Allowance for possible loan losses.......          (1,429)                         (1,334)               
                                                   --------                        --------                
       Net loans receivable................        $120,904                        $112,647                
                                                   ========                        ========                                         
</TABLE>
                                       3
<PAGE>
         Contractual  Maturities.  The  following  table sets forth  contractual
maturities of the total loans receivable of the Bank as of September 30, 1998 by
categories of loans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Contractual Maturities Due
                                               in Year(s) Ended September 30,
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                           1999-          After
                                             1999          2003            2003
                                          --------       --------       --------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>            <C>     
Real estate loans:
  Residential .....................       $    868       $  4,323       $114,630
  Commercial ......................          2,279          4,156         15,446
  Construction ....................          2,684          1,799         16,729
Installment loans .................            796         16,169         32,157
Commercial business and lease
loans .............................          3,968          9,928          9,261
                                          --------       --------       --------

       Total(1) ...................       $ 10,595       $ 36,375       $188,223
                                          ========       ========       ========

</TABLE>

(1)      Of the $224.6 million of principal  repayments  contractually due after
         September 30, 1999, $178.6 million have fixed rates of interest and $46
         million have adjustable or floating rates of interest.


         Contractual  principal  repayments of loans do not necessarily  reflect
the actual term of the Bank's loan portfolio. The average life of mortgage loans
is substantially less than their average contractual  maturities because of loan
payments and  prepayments  and because of enforcement  of  due-on-sale  clauses,
which  generally give the Bank the right to declare a loan  immediately  due and
payable in the event,  among  other  things,  that the  borrower  sells the real
property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. The average life of
mortgage loans tends to increase,  however, when current mortgage loan rates are
substantially  higher than rates on  existing  mortgage  loans and,  conversely,
decrease when current mortgage loan rates are substantially  lower than rates on
existing mortgage loans.

         Origination,  Purchase and Sale of Loans.  As a  Pennsylvania-chartered
savings  institution,  the Bank has general  authority to originate and purchase
loans   secured  by  real  estate   located   throughout   the  United   States.
Notwithstanding  this  nationwide  authority,  it has been the Bank's  policy to
concentrate  its lending  activities in its immediate  market area. As a result,
over 95% of the mortgage loans originated by the Bank are secured by real estate
located in Allegheny County and adjacent Pennsylvania counties.  Generally,  the
Bank has departed from this policy to purchase loans only when overall demand is
low in its  immediate  market  area or  when it has  needed  to  supplement  its
adjustable-rate mortgage ("ARM") loan portfolio. The Bank reviews all such loans
to ensure each meets the same  underwriting  standards  that the Bank applies to
loans it  originates.  The Bank did not purchase  any loans during  fiscal 1998,
1997, or 1996.
<PAGE>
         Applications for all types of loans are taken at the Bank's home office
and branch offices by branch managers and loan  originators and forwarded to the
administrative  office for  processing.  In most cases,  an  interview  with the
applicant is conducted at the branch office by a branch manager. Residential and
commercial real estate loan  originations are primarily  attributable to walk-in
and  existing  customers,   real  estate  brokers  and  mortgage  loan  brokers.
Installment loans are primarily obtained through existing and walk-in customers.
The Board of Directors has delegated authority to the Loan Committee, consisting
of the  President,  Executive  Vice  President and Chief  Financial  Officer and
Executive Vice President and Chief Lending  Officer,  to approve first mortgage,
home equity, secured consumer, unsecured consumer

                                        4
<PAGE>
and commercial loans up to $500,000,  $200,000,  $75,000, $50,000, and $400,000,
respectively.  Any loan in excess of those amounts must be approved by the Board
of  Directors.  The Board of Directors  has further  delegated  authority to the
Bank's  President to approve  first  mortgage,  home equity,  secured  consumer,
unsecured  consumer  and  commercial  loans up to $175,000,  $100,000,  $75,000,
$50,000, and $125,000, respectively. The terms of the delegation also permit the
President to delegate authority to any other Bank officer under the same or more
limited  terms.  Pursuant  to this  authority,  the  President  of the  Bank has
delegated to the Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer,  subject to
certain  conditions,  the  authority to approve  motor  vehicle  loans,  secured
personal loans and unsecured personal loans up to $50,000, $50,000, and $15,000,
respectively; to approve first mortgage one-to-four family loans up to $175,000,
with a loan-to-value of 65% or less; to approve home equity loans up to $100,000
if the  amount  of the loan is not in excess of 80% of the  equity;  to  approve
commercial  loans up to  $100,000;  to  approve  education  loans  up to  levels
approved by the Pennsylvania Higher Education  Assistance Agency; and to approve
credit cards and checking account overdraft protection loans that conform to the
parameters of the program.

         Generally, the Bank originated mortgage loans for inclusion in its loan
portfolio and not for sale in the secondary  market.  Although the Bank may sell
fixed-rate  mortgage  loans to FNMA,  they prefer instead to retain the loans in
its  portfolio  as part of its effort to increase  the overall  size of the loan
portfolio.

         Real Estate Lending.  The Bank  concentrates its lending  activities on
the origination of loans and purchase of loan  participations  secured primarily
by first mortgage liens on existing single-family  residences.  At September 30,
1998,  $127.5 million or 54.2% of the Bank's total loan  portfolio  consisted of
such loans (including $11.9 million of residential construction loans).

         In  response  to a  concern  for more  effective  asset  and  liability
management,  in  recent  years  the  Bank  has  been  emphasizing  single-family
residential  loans  which  provide for annual  interest  rate  adjustments.  The
adjustable-rate  residential  mortgage loans offered by the Bank in recent years
have 10,  15 or  30-year  terms and  interest  rates  which  adjust  every  year
generally  in  accordance  with the  index  of  average  yield on U.S.  Treasury
Securities  adjusted to a constant maturity of one year. There is generally a 2%
cap or limit on any increase or decrease in the interest rate per year with a 5%
or 6% limit on the amount by which the interest  can  increase  over the life of
the  loan.  The  Bank  has not  engaged  in the  practice  of using a cap on the
payments  that could allow the loan  balance to increase  rather than  decrease,
resulting in negative amortization.

         Adjustable-rate mortgage loans comprised approximately 29.3%, 31.3% and
20.7% of the total  originations  of mortgage  loans by the Bank in fiscal 1998,
1997, and 1996,  respectively,  and amounted to  approximately  $42.8 million or
26.2% of the Bank's portfolio of mortgage loans at September 30, 1998.

         The Bank continues to originate  fixed-rate loans with terms of 10, 15,
20 or 30 years in order to provide a full range of  products  to its  customers,
but generally only under terms,  conditions and  documentation  which permit the
sale of a portion of these loans in the secondary market. The Bank also offers a
10-year balloon loan with payments based on 30-year  amortization.  At September
30, 1998,  approximately  $120.2  million or 73.8% of the mortgage  loans in the
Bank's  loan  portfolio  consisted  of loans  which  provide  for fixed rates of
interest.  Although these loans provide for repayments of principal over a fixed
period of up to 30 years,  it is the  Bank's  experience  that such  loans  have
remained  outstanding  for a  substantially  shorter  period of time. The Bank's
policy is to enforce the "due-on-sale"

                                        5
<PAGE>
clauses contained in most of its fixed-rate,  conventional mortgage loans, which
generally  permit the Bank to require payment of the outstanding loan balance if
the  mortgaged  property  is sold  or  transferred  and,  thus,  contributes  to
shortening the average life of such loans.

         The Bank will lend  generally up to 80% of the  appraised  value of the
property  securing  the loan  (referred to as the  loan-to-value  ratio) up to a
maximum amount of $227,150 but will lend up to 95% of the appraised  value up to
the same  amount if the  borrower  obtains  private  mortgage  insurance  on the
portion of the principal amount of the loan that exceeds 80% of the value of the
property securing the loan. The Bank also originates  residential mortgage loans
in  amounts  over  $227,150.  The  Bank  will  generally  lend  up to 80% of the
appraised value of the property securing such loans.  These loans may have terms
of up to 30 years,  but  frequently  have terms of 10 or 15 years or are 10-year
balloon loans with payments based on 15-year to 30-year amortization. Generally,
such loans will not exceed a maximum loan amount of $1.0  million,  although the
Bank may consider loans above that limit on a case-by-case basis.

         The Bank also, in recent years, has developed single-family residential
mortgage loan programs targeted to the economically disadvantaged and minorities
in the Bank's primary lending area. Under the programs, the Bank will lend up to
97% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan as well as reducing
the closing  costs the  borrower is normally  required to pay. The Bank does not
believe that these loans pose a  significantly  greater risk of  non-performance
than similar  single-family  residential  mortgage loans  underwritten using the
Bank's normal criteria.

         The Bank requires the properties  securing mortgage loans it originates
and purchases to be appraised by  independent  appraisers who are approved by or
who meet certain prescribed standards established by the Board of Directors. The
Bank also requires title, hazard and (where applicable) flood insurance in order
to protect the properties  securing its  residential  and other mortgage  loans.
Borrowers are subject to employment  verification and credit evaluation reports,
and must meet established underwriting criteria with respect to their ability to
make monthly mortgage payments.

         In addition to loans secured by single-family  residential real estate,
the Bank also originates,  to a lesser extent,  loans secured by commercial real
estate  and  multi-family  residential  real  estate.  Over 95% of this  type of
lending is done within the Bank's  primary  market area.  At September 30, 1998,
$35.5  million  or  15.1%  of the  Bank's  total  loan  portfolio  consisted  of
commercial real estate and multi-family residential real estate loans (including
$9.3 million of commercial construction loans).

         Although  terms vary,  commercial  and  multi-family  residential  real
estate loans are generally made for terms of up to 10 years with a longer period
for amortization and in amounts of up to 80% of the lesser of appraised value or
sales price. These loans are usually made with adjustable rates of interest, but
the Bank  occasionally  will make  fixed-rate  commercial or  multi-family  real
estate loans on a 10 or 7 year payment  basis,  with the period of  amortization
negotiated on a case-by-case basis.

         The Bank,  to a limited  extent,  also  engages in loans to finance the
construction of one-to-four family dwellings. This activity is generally limited
to  individual  units  and  may,  to  a  limited  degree,   include  speculative
construction by developers.  The inspections,  for approval of payment vouchers,
are  performed  by Bank  personnel  and  are  based  on  stages  of  completion.
Applications for construction loans primarily are received from former borrowers
and builders who have worked with the Bank in the past.  At September  30, 1998,
the Bank had 52 construction projects of this type in process. In addition, the

                                        6
<PAGE>
Bank also engages in loans to finance the construction of commercial properties.
At September 30, 1998, the Bank had seven construction  projects of this type in
process.

         Loans to finance  commercial and  multi-family  residential real estate
and for the financing of construction generally provide a greater rate of return
but are  considered  to have a greater  risk of loss than loans to  finance  the
purchase  of  single-family,  owner-occupied  dwellings.  However,  the Bank has
adopted underwriting  guidelines to ensure that the loans involve only a minimal
amount of additional risk.

         Installment  Lending.  The Bank  offers a wide  variety of  installment
loans, including home equity loans and consumer loans.

         Home  equity  loans  amounted  to $42.3  million or 86.1% of the Bank's
total  installment loan portfolio at September 30, 1998. These loans are made on
the security of the unencumbered equity in the borrower's residence. Home equity
loans are made at fixed rates for terms of up to 15 years, and home equity lines
of credit are made at variable rates. Home equity loans generally may not exceed
80% of the value of the security  property when aggregated with all other liens,
although  a limited  number of loans up to 100%  value may be made at  increased
rates.

         Consumer loans consist of motor vehicle  loans,  other types of secured
consumer loans and unsecured  personal loans. At September 30, 1998, these loans
amounted to $2.4 million, which represented 4.8% of the Bank's total installment
loan  portfolio.  At September 30, 1998,  motor  vehicle loans  amounted to $1.4
million and unsecured loans and loans secured by property other than real estate
amounted to $1.0 million.

         The Bank also makes  other types of  installment  loans such as savings
account  loans,  education  loans,  credit card loans and  overdraft  loans.  At
September  30, 1998,  these loans  amounted to $4.5 million or 9.1% of the total
installment  loan  portfolio.  That total consisted of $1.2 million of education
loans,  $630,000 of savings account loans, $2.3 million of credit card loans and
$360,000 of overdraft loans.

         Consumer, credit card and overdraft loans and, to a lesser extent, home
equity loans may involve a greater risk of  nonpayment  than  traditional  first
mortgage  loans on  single-family  residential  dwellings.  However,  such loans
generally  provide a greater rate of return,  and the Bank underwrites the loans
in conformity to standards adopted by its Board of Directors.

         Commercial Business Loans and Leases: Commercial business loans of both
a secured and  unsecured  nature are made by the Bank for  business  purposes to
incorporated and unincorporated businesses.  Typically, these are loans made for
the  purchase  of  equipment,  to  finance  accounts  receivable  and to finance
inventory,  as well as other  business  purposes.  At September 30, 1998,  these
loans  amounted  to  $19.5  million  or 8.3% of the  total  loan  portfolio.  In
addition,  the Bank makes  commercial  leases to  businesses,  typically for the
purchase of equipment. All leases are funded as capital leases and the Bank does
not assume any  residual  risk at the end of the lease term.  At  September  30,
1998,  commercial  leases  amounted  to $3.7  million  or 1.6% of the total loan
portfolio.

Loans-to-One Borrower Limitations

         The  Federal law  generally  does not permit  loans-to-one  borrower to
exceed 15% of  unimpaired  capital and  surplus.  Loans in an amount equal to an
additional 10% of unimpaired  capital and surplus also may be made to a borrower
if the loans are fully secured by readily marketable securities. At September

                                        7
<PAGE>
30, 1998, the Bank's limit on  loans-to-one  borrower was $4.0 million,  and the
Bank's  largest  loan or  group  of  loans-to-one  borrower,  including  related
entities,  aggregated $2.2 million.  This represents three  commercial  mortgage
loans,  secured by four apartment  buildings located in Allegheny county,  and a
residential  mortgage  loan  secured by a single  family  residence in Allegheny
county.  The combined  appraised  value of the  properties is $3.2 million.  The
loans are current and performing at September 30, 1998.

         Loan Fee and Servicing Income. In addition to interest earned on loans,
the Bank receives income through the servicing of loans and loan fees charged in
connection with loan originations and modifications,  late payments,  changes of
property ownership and for miscellaneous  services related to its loans.  Income
from these  activities  varies from period to period with the volume and type of
loans made.

         The Bank  charges  loan  origination  fees  which are  calculated  as a
percentage  of the amount  loaned.  The fees  received  in  connection  with the
origination of conventional,  single-family,  residential real estate loans have
generally  amounted to two to three points (one point being  equivalent to 1% of
the principal amount of the loan). In addition, the Bank typically receives fees
of one or two  points  in  connection  with  the  origination  of  conventional,
multi-family  residential  loans and commercial real estate loans. Loan fees and
certain  direct costs are  deferred,  and the net fee or cost is amortized  into
income using the interest method over the expected life of the loan.

         The Bank also receives  income from servicing  loans which are owned by
others.  The amount of loans  serviced by the Bank for others has decreased from
$6.5 million at September 30, 1996 to $6.1 million at September 30, 1998.

         Non-performing  Loans and Real Estate Owned.  When a borrower  fails to
make a required  payment on a loan, the Bank attempts to cause the default to be
cured by contacting the borrower. In general,  contacts are made after a payment
is more than 15 days past due,  and a late charge is  assessed at that time.  In
most cases,  defaults are cured promptly.  If the delinquency on a mortgage loan
exceeds 90 days and is not cured through the Bank's normal collection procedures
or an acceptable  arrangement is not worked out with the borrower, the Bank will
normally  institute  measures  to remedy the  default,  including  commencing  a
foreclosure action or, in special circumstances,  accepting from the mortgagor a
voluntary deed of the secured property in lieu of foreclosure.

         The  remedies  available  to a  lender  in the  event of a  default  or
delinquency  with respect to residential  mortgage loans,  and the procedures by
which such  remedies  may be  exercised,  are subject to  Pennsylvania  laws and
regulations.  Under  Pennsylvania  law, a lender is prohibited from accelerating
the  maturity  of a  residential  mortgage  loan,  commencing  any legal  action
(including  foreclosure   proceedings)  to  collect  on  such  loan,  or  taking
possession  of any loan  collateral  until the  lender  has first  provided  the
delinquent  borrower with at least 30 days' prior written notice  specifying the
nature of the delinquency and the borrower's right to correct such  delinquency.
In addition,  the Homeowner's Emergency Assistance Act of 1983 further restricts
the ability of a lender to  exercise  any  remedies it may have with  respect to
loans for one- and  two-family  principal  residences  located  in  Pennsylvania
(including the lender's  right to foreclose on such  property)  until the lender
has  provided  the  delinquent   borrower  with  written  notice  detailing  the
borrower's  rights under such Act to seek consumer  credit  counseling and state
financial  assistance  and until the borrower has  exhausted or failed to pursue
such rights.


                                        8
<PAGE>
         If foreclosure is effected, the property is sold at a public auction in
which  the Bank  may  participate  as a  bidder.  If the Bank is the  successful
bidder,  the  acquired  real estate is then  included  in the Bank "real  estate
owned" account until it is sold. Although the Bank is permitted to finance sales
of real estate owned by "loans to facilitate,"  which may involve more favorable
interest  rates and terms  than  generally  would be  granted  under the  Bank's
underwriting guidelines, it is the policy of the Bank to provide such loans only
in rare circumstances.

         Loans  are  placed on  non-accrual  status  when,  in the  judgment  of
management,   the  probability  of  collection  of  interest  is  deemed  to  be
insufficient to warrant further accrual, generally when a loan is ninety days or
more delinquent. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, previously accrued
but unpaid interest is deducted from interest income.

         Real estate owned consists of properties  acquired through  foreclosure
and are recorded at the lower of cost (principal  balance of the former mortgage
loan plus costs of obtaining  title and possession) or fair value less estimated
cost to sell.  Costs relating to development and improvement of the property are
capitalized, whereas costs of holding such real estate are expensed as incurred.
Additional  write downs are  charged to income,  and the  carrying  value of the
property reduced, when the carrying value exceeds fair value less estimated cost
to sell.


                                        9

<PAGE>
         The following tables sets forth information  regarding nonaccrual loans
and real estate owned by the Bank at the dates indicated.  The Bank did not have
any  accruing  loans which were 90 days or more  overdue or any loans which were
classified as troubled debt restructurings at the dates presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1998              1997             1996             1995              1994
                                                   --------          --------         --------          -------          -------  
                                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>    
Nonaccrual residential real
  estate loans (1-4 family)................        $    224          $    94          $   567           $   227          $   574
Nonaccrual construction, multi-
  family residential and
  commercial real estate...................             199              751              134                --              621
Nonaccrual installment and
   commercial business loans...............             129              271              457                85               87
                                                   --------           ------           ------           -------           ------

Total non-performing loans.................        $    552           $1,116           $1,158           $   312           $1,282
                                                   ========           ======           ======           =======           ======
Total nonperforming loans as a
  percent of total loans receivable........             .23%             .59%             .73%              .25%            1.10%
                                                   ========           ======           ======           =======           ======
Total real estate owned, net of
  related reserves.........................        $     21           $   --           $  370           $ 1,062           $  455
                                                   ========           ======           ======           =======           ======

Total nonperforming loans and real
  estate owned as a percent of
  total assets.............................             .14%             .29%             .48%              .49%             .63%
                                                   ========           =======          =======          =======           ====== 
</TABLE>

         At September 30, 1998,  non-accrual  loans  consisted of six 1-4 family
residential real estate loans totaling $224,000, one commercial real estate loan
totaling $199,000, seven installment loans totaling $28,000, and four commercial
business loan totaling $101,000.

         The Bank  currently  has one  property in real estate  owned which is a
single-family residence valued at $21,000.



                                       10
<PAGE>
         The following table sets forth an analysis of the Bank's  allowance for
loan losses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Year Ended September 30,
                                    ------------------------------------------------------
                                     1998        1997        1996        1995         1994
                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>   
Balance at beginning of period      $1,931      $1,530      $1,429      $1,334      $1,122
Provision charged to operations        405         500         270         230         360
                                    ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Charge-offs:
  Residential real estate .....          3          49         149         230         116
  Installment .................         97          71          44          29          40
  Commercial ..................         10           3          78         116           3
Recoveries:
  Residential real estate .....         --          --          55         120          --
  Installment .................         11           8          10          11           6
  Commercial ..................          6          16          37         109           5
                                    ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Net charge-offs ...............         93          99         169         135         148
                                    ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Balance at end of period ......     $2,243      $1,931      $1,530      $1,429      $1,334
                                    ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
Ratio of net charge-offs during
  the period to average loans
  outstanding during the period        .05%        .06%        .12%        .11%        .14%
                                    ======      ======      ======      ======      ======

</TABLE>




                                       11

<PAGE>
The  following  table shows the amount of the Bank's  allowance  for loan losses
attributable to each category of loan indicated and the percent of loans in each
category to total loans, at each of the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  At September 30,
                                                          1998                           1997                          1996         
                                                  ---------------------          ---------------------         ---------------------
                                                     $             %               $              %              $              %   
                                                  -------        -----           -----          -----          ------         ------
                                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                               <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>  
Residential real estate loans.............        $  719          49.1%          $  707          53.8%         $  443          53.6%
Commercial real estate loans..............           162          11.1              139           4.0             225          12.1 
Construction loans........................           131           9.0               53          10.5              60           4.8 
Installment loans.........................           478          20.9              445          22.8             358          22.7 
Commercial business loans.................           753           9.9              587           8.9             444           6.8 
                                                  ------         -----           ------         -----          ------         ----- 
       Total..............................        $2,243         100.0%          $1,931         100.0%         $1,530         100.0%
                                                  ======         =====           ======         =====          ======         ===== 
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995                           1994          
                                                 ----------------------         --------------------
                                                   $              %               $              %    
                                                 -------         ------         ------        ------   
<S>                                              <C>              <C>           <C>             <C>             
Residential real estate loans.............       $   385          51.5%         $  354          57.6%            
Commercial real estate loans..............           256          15.8             245          14.6        
Construction loans........................            61           5.4              58           4.8        
Installment loans.........................           332          22.4             340          19.7        
Commercial business loans.................           395           4.9             337           3.3        
                                                  ------         -----          ------         -----        
       Total..............................        $1,429         100.0%         $1,334         100.0%       
                                                  ======         =====          ======         =====        
                                                     
</TABLE>
 

                                       12

<PAGE>
         Management   establishes   both  allowances  for  estimated  losses  on
delinquent  loans when it determines  that losses are anticipated to be incurred
and general loan loss allowances for losses management  believes are inherent in
the portfolio.  In determining the appropriate  level of allowances for possible
losses,  consideration is given to general economic conditions,  diversification
of loan  portfolios,  historical loss  experience,  identified  credit problems,
delinquency levels and adequacy of collateral.  For the year ended September 30,
1998, the Bank recorded provisions for loan losses of $405,000. At September 30,
1998,  the Bank had an  allowance  for  possible  loan losses of $2.2 million or
1.02% of net loans receivable. The allowance for possible loan losses was 406.3%
of total non-performing loans at that date.

         Management also establishes specific allowances for estimated losses on
real estate owned when it determines  that losses are anticipated to be incurred
on the underlying properties.  At September 30, 1998, the Bank had no allowances
for estimated losses on real estate owned recorded.

         The Bank's management believes that its present allowances are adequate
and  that the  carrying  value of its real  estate  owned  approximates  the net
realizable  value of the  properties.  However,  while  management uses the best
information  available  to  make  such  determinations,  future  adjustments  to
reserves may become necessary,  based on changes in economic conditions, or as a
result of examinations by various regulatory agencies,  who review the allowance
as a part of their examination procedures.

         The Chief Lending Officer,  Chief Financial  Officer and the Collection
Manager meet monthly to review  non-performing  assets and any other assets that
may require classification or special consideration. Adjustments to the carrying
values of such assets are made as needed and a detailed  report is  submitted to
the Board of Directors on a monthly basis.

Investment Activities

         Mortgage-Backed Securities.  Mortgage-backed securities (which also are
known as  mortgage  participation  certificates  or  pass-through  certificates)
typically  represent  a  participation  interest in a pool of  single-family  or
multi-family mortgages,  the principal and interest payments on which are passed
from the mortgage originators, through intermediaries (generally U.S. Government
agencies  and  government  sponsored  enterprises  such as the Federal  National
Mortgage  Association  ("FNMA"),  the  Federal  Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation
("FHLMC") and Government National Mortgage  Association  ("GNMA")) that pool and
repackage the  participation  interests in the form of securities,  to investors
such as the Bank.

         Mortgage-backed  securities  typically are issued with stated principal
amounts,  and the  securities  are backed by pools of mortgages  that have loans
with  interest  rates that are within a range and have varying  maturities.  The
underlying pool of mortgages,  i.e.,  fixed rate or adjustable  rate, as well as
the prepayment risk, are passed on to the certificate holders.  Accordingly, the
life of a  mortgage-backed  pass-through  security  approximates the life of the
underlying mortgages.
<PAGE>
         The actual maturity of a mortgage-backed  security may be less than its
stated maturity due to prepayments of the underlying mortgages. Prepayments that
are faster than  anticipated  may shorten the life of the security and adversely
affect its yield to maturity.  The yield is based upon the  interest  income and
the  amortization  of any  premium or  discount  related to the  mortgage-backed
security. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principals,  premiums
and  discounts  are  amortized  over the  estimated  lives of the  loans,  which
decrease and increase interest income, respectively.  The prepayment assumptions
used to  determine  the  amortization  period for  premiums  and  discounts  can
significantly  affect  the  yield of the  mortgage-backed  security,  and  these
assumptions are reviewed periodically to reflect actual


                                       13
<PAGE>
prepayments.  Although  prepayments  of  underlying  mortgages  depend  on  many
factors, including the type of mortgages, the coupon rate, the age of mortgages,
the  geographical  location of the underlying  real estate  collateralizing  the
mortgages and general levels of market  interest rates,  the difference  between
the interest  rates on the  underlying  mortgages  and the  prevailing  mortgage
interest  rates  generally is the most  significant  determinant  of the rate of
prepayments.  During periods of falling  mortgage  interest rates, if the coupon
rate of the underlying  mortgages  exceeds the prevailing  market interest rates
offered for mortgage loans,  refinancing generally increases and accelerates the
prepayment  of the  underlying  mortgages and the related  security.  Under such
circumstances,  the Bank may be  subject  to  reinvestment  risk  because to the
extent that the Bank's mortgage-backed securities amortize or prepay faster than
anticipated,  the  Bank  may  not be  able  to  reinvest  the  proceeds  of such
repayments and  prepayments  at a comparable  rate.  Mortgage-backed  securities
held-to-maturity  decreased $14.2 million or 41.5% to $19.9 million at September
30, 1998 from $34.1  million at  September  30,  1997.  The Bank did not sell or
purchase any mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity in fiscal 1998.

         On November 15,  1995,  the FASB issued "A Guide to  Implementation  of
Statement  115  on  Accounting  for  Certain  Investments  in  Debt  and  Equity
Securities"  ("Guide").  The Guide  permitted  a  one-time  reclassification  of
securities  without  calling into question the  propriety of a company's  stated
intent in prior or subsequent periods. The reclassification had to occur between
November 15, 1995 and December 31, 1995.  The Bank utilized this  opportunity to
reclassify   approximately  $55.0  million  of  mortgage-backed   securities  as
available-for-sale.

         Mortgage-backed  securities  available-for-sale  were  $83.0  and $93.9
million at September 30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  These  securities may be
held for indefinite periods of time and are generally used as part of the Bank's
asset/liability management strategy. These securities may be sold in response to
changes in interest rates,  prepayment rates or to meet liquidity needs.  During
fiscal 1998, the Bank purchased $52.6 million of these securities and sold $43.8
million.  Sales of these  securities in fiscal 1998 resulted in a pretax loss of
$125,000.



                                       14
<PAGE>
         The following  table sets forth the  composition  and amortized cost of
the Bank's mortgage-backed securities at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       September 30,
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             1998          1997           1996
                                           -------        -------        ------- 
                                                      (In thousands)
<S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>    
Mortgage-backed securities
held-to-maturity:
  GNMA ............................        $    28        $    42        $    55
  FNMA ............................          7,249          9,167         10,556
  FHLMC ...........................         11,099         13,977         16,734
  FNMA Remic ......................           --             --             --
  FHLMC Remic .....................             82          8,125            248
  Other ...........................          1,455          2,754          3,682
                                           -------        -------        -------
        Total .....................        $19,913        $34,065        $31,275
                                           =======        =======        =======
Mortgage-backed securities
available-for-sale:
  GNMA ............................        $22,823        $26,954        $ 7,011
  FNMA ............................          8,615         18,165         25,072
  FHLMC ...........................          7,101         10,751         11,608
  FNMA Remic ......................         11,841         18,958         15,264
  FHLMC Remic .....................         23,453         17,582          5,059
  Other ...........................          8,895          1,680           --
                                           -------        -------        -------
        Total .....................        $82,728        $94,090        $64,104
                                           =======        =======        =======
</TABLE>

                                       15
<PAGE>
         Information  regarding the contractual  maturities and weighted average
yield of the Bank's  mortgage-backed  securities portfolio at September 30, 1998
is presented below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Amounts at September 30, 1998 Which Mature In
                               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                After         After
                                 One Year       One to Five  Five to 10     Over 10
                                 or Less           Years        Years         Years      Total
                               ----------      -----------     -------      -------      -------
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                            <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>        <C>    
Mortgage-backed securities
held-to-maturity:
  GNMA ...................     $      --       $        28     $    --        $  --      $    28
  FNMA ...................            --                --       2,396        4,853        7,249
  FHLMC ..................            --               339       7,551        3,209       11,099
  FHLMC Remic ............            --                82          --           --           82
  Other ..................            --                --          --        1,455        1,455
                               ----------      -----------     -------      -------      -------
       Total .............     $      --       $       449     $ 9,947      $ 9,517      $19,913
                               ==========      ===========     =======      =======      =======
Weighted average yield ...            --%             6.91%       6.62%        6.50%        6.57%
                               ==========      ===========     =======      =======      =======
Mortgage-backed securities
available-for-sale:
  GNMA ...................     $      --       $      --       $  --        $22,823      $22,823

  FNMA ...................            --              --         4,541        4,074        8,615
  FHLMC ..................            --              --          --          7,101        7,101
  FNMA Remic .............            --              --         3,169        8,672       11,841
  FHLMC Remic ............            --              --          --         23,453       23,453
  Other ..................            --              --         2,039        6,856        8,895
                               -----------     -----------     -------      -------      -------
       Total .............     $      --       $      --       $ 9,749      $72,979      $82,728
                               ==========      ===========     =======      =======      =======
Weighted average yield ...            --%             --%         6.06%        6.69%        6.62%
                               ==========      ===========     =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>



                                       16

<PAGE>
         As of  September  30, 1998,  non-U.S.  Government  and U.S.  Government
agency  mortgage-backed  securities  that exceeded ten percent of  stockholders'
equity are as follows:

               Issuer                                Book Value     Market Value
               ------                                ----------     ------------
                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
Paine Webber Mortgage Acceptance Corporation           $3,112           $3,122


The above securities are fixed rate collateralized mortgage obligations that are
rated AAA by Moody's.

Investments

         At  September  30,  1998,  the  Bank's  investments  amounted  to $69.3
million,  which includes  $57.6 million  available-for-sale,  which  represented
17.1% of total  assets.  Pursuant to the Bank's  investment  policy,  the Bank's
investments  include obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States
government,  certain federal agency obligations,  FHLB stock and other specified
investments.

         It is the Bank's policy that  investments are to be made with a primary
consideration  for safety  and  liquidity.  Pursuant  to this  policy,  the Bank
invests only in government and government-guaranteed  securities, federal funds,
banker acceptances,  A-rated commercial paper and corporate  obligations,  money
market accounts,  mutual funds,  repurchase  agreements,  certain collateralized
investments and FHLMC preferred stock. The Company, in addition to being able to
invest  in  the  same  investments  as the  Bank,  can  also  invest  in  equity
securities.

         The method of calculating the carrying value of the Bank's  investments
differs by type of security.  Investment account securities held to maturity are
carried  at  cost,  adjusted  for  amortization  of  premium  and  accretion  of
discounts, if any, over the term of the security.  Management has the intent and
ability to hold these  securities  to  maturity.  Gains or losses on the sale of
investment  securities  are  recognized  upon  realization  using  the  specific
identification method.

         The Bank has  identified  those  securities  which may be sold prior to
maturity.  These assets are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at
fair value.  Unrealized gains or losses are reported as a separate  component of
equity.  Gains  or  losses  on the  sale of  available-for-sale  securities  are
recognized using the specific identification method.



                                       17
<PAGE>
         The  following  tables set forth the  Bank's  investment  portfolio  at
carrying value at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           As of September 30,
                                                    -------------------------------
                                                      1998       1997         1996
                                                    -------     -------     -------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>    
Available-for-sale
Investment securities:
U.S. government and agency ....................     $23,749     $26,366     $24,288
Obligations of state and political subdivisions      29,708      15,874      24,676
Mutual funds(1) ...............................       1,793       1,628       1,520
FHLB stock ....................................       5,050       4,885       2,826
FHLMC preferred stock .........................         531         518         381
Equity securities .............................       1,321         187          64
Trust preferred securities ....................         488          --          --
                                                    -------     -------     -------
      Total ...................................     $62,640     $49,458     $53,755
                                                    =======     =======     =======
Held-to-maturity
Investment securities:
U.S. government and agency ....................     $ 5,000     $ 5,998     $ 3,997
Obligations of state and political subdivisions       1,625       1,625        --
Asset-backed securities .......................        --           918       1,404
                                                    -------     -------     -------
      Total ...................................     $ 6,625     $ 8,541     $ 5,401
                                                    =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
- -------------
(1) Consists of investment  in the  Federated  Investors ARM Fund and Legg Mason
Value Trust Fund.


         At September 30, 1998, the Bank holds no securities of any issuer,  the
aggregate value of which exceeds ten percent of stockholders  equity, other than
U.S. Government and U.S. Government agency securities.



                                       18

<PAGE>
         The  following  tables  set  forth  the  amount  of  each  category  of
investment securities of the Bank at September 30, 1998 which mature during each
of the  periods  indicated  and the  weighted  average  yield for each  range at
maturities. The yields on the tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to their
pre-tax  equivalents.  At September 30, 1998, the Bank held no securities of any
issuer, the aggregate value of which exceeds ten percent of stockholders equity,
other than U.S. Government and U.S. Government agency securities.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      As of September 30,
                                                                                          After One Year         
                                                     One Year of Less                   Through Five Years       
                                                --------------------------          -------------------------    
                                                                 Weighted                            Weighted    
                                                                  Average                             Average    
                                                  Amount           Yield            Amount             Yield     
                                                --------           -----            ------            -------   
<S>                                             <C>                 <C>             <C>                <C>        
Available-for-sale
  U.S. government and agency............        $  6,499            5.80%           $4,507             5.83%     
  Obligations of state and
    political subdivisions..............              --              --                --                --     
  Mutual funds(1).......................           1,847            4.96                --                --     
  FHLB stock............................           5,050            6.50                --                --     
  FHLMC preferred stock.................             500            6.12                --                --     
  Equity securities.....................           1,580            2.09                --                --     
  Trust preferred securities............             500            8.73                --                --  
                                                --------            ----            ------             ----      
      Total.............................        $ 15,976            5.66%          $ 4,507             5.83%     
                                                ========           =====           =======            =====       

Held-to-Maturity:
  U.S. government and agency............        $  5,000            6.84%          $    --               --%     
  Obligations of state and
    political subdivisions..............              --              --                --               --     
  Asset-backed securities...............              --              --                --               --   
                                                --------            ----           -------             ----      
      Total.............................        $  5,000            6.84%          $    --               --%     
                                                ========           =====           =======            =====  

(1) Consists of  investment in the  Federated Investors ARM  Fund and Legg Mason
Value Trust Fund.    
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    After Five Years                                        
                                                    Through Ten Years                  After Ten Years      
                                                 ------------------------          -----------------------  
                                                                 Weighted                          Weighted  
                                                                 Average                           Average  
                                                 Amount           Yield            Amount           Yield   
                                                 ------          -------           ------          ------   
<S>                                             <C>                 <C>            <C>               <C>      
Available-for-sale                        
  U.S. government and agency............        $ 8,504             6.95%          $ 3,999            6.78%    
  Obligations of state and                                                                                    
    political subdivisions..............             --               --            28,814            7.36    
  Mutual funds(1).......................             --               --                --              --    
  FHLB stock............................             --               --                --              --    
  FHLMC preferred stock.................             --               --                --              --    
  Equity securities.....................             --               --                --              --    
  Trust preferred securities............             --               --                --              --    
                                                -------            ------          -------            ----     
      Total.............................        $ 8,504             6.95%          $32,813            7.29%    
                                                =======            =====           =======            ====     
                                                                                                              
Held-to-Maturity:                                                                                             
  U.S. government and agency............        $    --               --%          $    --              --%    
  Obligations of state and                                                                                    
    political subdivisions..............             --               --             1,625            8.06    
  Asset-backed securities...............             --               --                --              --    
                                                -------            -----           -------           -----    
      Total.............................        $    --               --%          $ 1,625            8.06%    
                                                =======            =====           =======           =====
</TABLE>
    
(1)      Consists of  investment  in the  Federated  Investors ARM Fund and Legg
         Mason Value Trust Fund.
                                           
                                       19
<PAGE>
Sources of Funds

         General.  Savings deposits  obtained through the home office and branch
offices have traditionally been the principal source of the Bank's funds for use
in lending and for other general business purposes.  The Bank also derives funds
from  scheduled   amortizations   and  prepayments  of  outstanding   loans  and
mortgage-backed securities and sales of investments available-for-sale. The Bank
also may borrow funds from the FHLB of Pittsburgh and other sources.  Borrowings
generally may be used on a short-term  basis to compensate for seasonal or other
reductions in savings  deposits or other inflows at less than projected  levels,
as well as on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities.

         Savings  Deposits.  The Bank's current savings deposit products include
passbook savings accounts,  demand deposit accounts, NOW accounts,  money market
deposit  accounts and certificates of deposit ranging in terms from three months
to ten years.  Included  among these  savings  deposit  products are  Individual
Retirement Account ("IRA")  certificates and Keogh Plan retirement  certificates
(collectively  "retirement  accounts").  The Bank  offers  preferred  rates  for
certificates  of deposit in  denominations  of $99,000 or more at terms  ranging
from one month to five years and,  at  September  30,  1998,  such  certificates
accounted for 1.6% of total savings deposits.

         The Bank's  savings  deposits are obtained  primarily from residents of
Allegheny and Butler Counties. The principal methods used by the Bank to attract
savings deposit  accounts include the offering of a wide variety of services and
accounts, competitive interest rates and convenient office locations and service
hours.  The Bank does not  currently  pay, nor has it in the past paid,  fees to
brokers to obtain its savings deposits.

         The  following  table  shows the  distribution  of, and  certain  other
information  relating  to the Bank's  savings  deposits  by type as of the dates
indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              September 30,
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1998                             1997                             1996
                                        ------------------------       --------------------------       ---------------------------
                                                         Average                          Average                           Average
                                          Balance         Rate          Balance            Rate           Balance            Rate
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>               <C>          <C>                 <C>          <C>                  <C>  
Passbook and club accounts.......       $ 47,423          2.53%        $ 47,514            2.78%        $ 50,445             2.62%
Checking accounts................         36,846          1.09           33,841            1.18           30,944             1.10
Money market accounts............         14,949          2.98           15,417            2.94           17,437             2.72
Certificate accounts.............        162,517          5.70          147,420            5.76          135,450             5.59
                                        --------          ----         --------            ----         --------             ----
         Total...................       $261,735          4.32%        $244,192            4.37%        $234,276             4.17%
                                        ========          ====         ========            ====         ========             ====
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         In recent  years,  the Bank has been  required by market  conditions to
rely increasingly on newly-authorized  types of short-term  certificate accounts
and  other  savings  deposit  alternatives  that are more  responsive  to market
interest  rates than  passbook  accounts and  regulated  fixed-rate,  fixed-term
certificates  that were  historically  the  Bank's  primary  source  of  savings
deposits.  As a result of deregulation and consumer preference for shorter term,
market-rate sensitive accounts, the Bank has, like most financial  institutions,
experienced  a  significant   shift  in  savings  deposits  towards   relatively
short-term,  market-rate accounts. In recent years, the Bank has been successful
in attracting retirement accounts

                                       20

<PAGE>
which have  provided the Bank with a relatively  stable  source of funds.  As of
September  30, 1998,  the Bank's total  retirement  funds were $35.3  million or
13.5% of its total savings deposits.

         The Bank  attempts to control  the flow of savings  deposits by pricing
its accounts to remain generally  competitive with other financial  institutions
in its market area,  but does not  necessarily  seek to match the highest  rates
paid by competing institutions.  In this regard, the senior officers of the Bank
meet weekly to  determine  the  interest  rates which the Bank will offer to the
general public.

         Rates  established by the Bank are also affected by the amount of funds
needed by the Bank on both a short-term and long-term basis, alternative sources
of funds and the projected level of interest rates in the future. The ability of
the Bank to attract and maintain  savings  deposits and the Bank's cost of funds
have been,  and will  continue to be,  significantly  affected  by economic  and
competitive conditions.

         The following  table presents by various  interest rate  categories the
amounts  of  certificate  accounts  at the date  indicated  and the  amounts  of
certificate accounts at such date which mature during the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  At          Within                                 After
                            September 30,      One         Two         Three         Three
                                 1998          Year        Years        Years        Years
                               --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
                                                (In thousands)
<S>                            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
Certificate accounts:
  Under 4.01% ............     $     56     $     56     $     --     $    --      $     --
  4.01% to 6.00% .........      146,262      103,526       22,352        8,866       11,518
  6.01% to 8.00% .........       16,089        2,442        4,607          978        8,062
  8.01% to 10.00% ........          110           91         --              3           16
                               --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Total certificate accounts     $162,517     $106,115     $ 26,959     $  9,847     $ 19,596
                               ========     ========     ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>


         Maturities  of  certificates  of deposit of  $100,000 or more that were
outstanding as of September 30, 1998 are summarized as follows:
 

                                                                (In thousands)

3 months or less ...........................................       $1,367
Over 3 months through 6 months .............................        1,892
Over 6 months through 12 months ............................          440
Over 12 months .............................................          384
                                                                   ------
         Total .............................................       $4,083
                                                                   ======
<PAGE>

         Borrowings.  The Bank is eligible to obtain  advances  from the FHLB of
Pittsburgh  upon  the  security  of the  common  stock  it owns  in  that  bank,
securities  owned by the Bank and held in safekeeping by the FHLB and certain of
its  residential  mortgages,   provided  certain  standards  related  to  credit
worthiness  have been met. See  "Regulation of the Bank - Federal Home Loan Bank
System." Such advances are made pursuant to several  different  credit programs,
each of which has its own interest rate and range of  maturities.  FHLB advances
are  generally  available  to meet  seasonal  and other  withdrawals  of deposit
accounts  and to expand  lending,  as well as to aid the  effort of  members  to
establish better asset

                                       21
<PAGE>
and liability management through the extension of maturities of liabilities.  At
September 30, 1998, the Bank had $100.2 million of advances outstanding.

         The Bank also, from time to time, enters into sales of securities under
agreements  to  repurchase  ("reverse  repurchase  agreements").   Such  reverse
repurchase  agreements  are  treated  as  financings,  and  the  obligations  to
repurchase  securities  sold are  reflected as  liabilities  in the statement of
financial  condition.  At September 30, 1998, the Bank had $1.9 million  reverse
repurchase agreements outstanding.

         On May 13, 1997,  the Trust,  a statutory  business trust created under
Delaware law that is a subsidiary of the Company,  issued $10.25 million,  9.75%
Preferred   Securities   ("Preferred   Securities")  with  a  stated  value  and
liquidation  preference  of $10 per share.  The  Trust's  obligations  under the
Preferred  Securities  issued are fully and  unconditionally  guaranteed  by the
Company. The proceeds from the sale of the Preferred Securities of the Trust, as
well as proceeds  from the issuance of common  securities  to the Company,  were
utilized by the Trust to invest in $10.57  million of 9.75% Junior  Subordinated
Debentures (the  "Debentures") of the Company.  The Debentures are unsecured and
rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all indebtedness, liabilities
and obligations of the Company.  The Debentures represent the sole assets of the
Trust.  Interest on the Preferred Securities is cumulative and payable quarterly
in arrears.  The Company has the right to optionally redeem the Debentures prior
to the maturity date of July 15, 2027, on or after July 15, 2002, at 100% of the
stated liquidation amount, plus accrued and unpaid distributions, if any, to the
redemption  date.  Under the occurrence of certain events,  specifically,  a Tax
Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event as more fully defined
in the FB Capital Trust  Prospectus dated May 8, 1997, the Company may redeem in
whole, but not in part, the Debentures prior to July 15, 2002. Proceeds from any
redemption of the Debentures would cause a mandatory redemption of the Preferred
Securities  and the common  securities  having an aggregate  liquidation  amount
equal to the principal amount of the Debentures redeemed.



                                       22
<PAGE>
         The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
short-term  borrowings (due within one year or less) of the Bank at the dates or
for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          At or for the Year Ended September 30,
                                                                    -----------------------------------------------
                                                                     1998                1997                 1996
                                                                    ------             -------              -------
                                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                 <C>                <C>                  <C>    
FHLB advances:
  Average balance outstanding........................               $1,177             $ 4,069              $ 5,627
  Maximum amount outstanding at any
    month-end during the period......................                3,300               5,300                8,550
  Average interest rate during the period............                5.09%               4.90%                5.03%
  Balance outstanding at end of period...............                    -               3,300                5,300
  Weighted average interest rate.....................                5.13%               5.10%                5.11%
Reverse repurchase agreements:
  Average balance outstanding........................                1,807                 874                1,216
  Maximum amount outstanding at any
    month-end during the period......................                2,370               1,528                4,565

  Average interest rate during the period............                4.50%               4.50%                4.75%
  Balance outstanding at end of period...............                1,870               1,183                  493
  Weighted average interest rate.....................                4.50%               4.50%                4.50%
Lines of credit:
  Average balance outstanding........................                   --                  --                   --
  Maximum amount outstanding at any
    month-end during the period......................                   --                  --                   --
  Average interest rate during the period............                   --                  --                   --
  Balance outstanding at end of period...............                   --                  --                   --
  Weighted average interest rate.....................                   --                  --                   --
FHLB Repoplus Advances:
  Average balance outstanding........................               18,058              39,208               25,078
  Maximum amount outstanding at any
    month-end during the period......................               34,050              52,350               51,350
  Average interest rate during the period............                5.71%               5.55%                5.43%
  Balance outstanding at end of period...............                5,200              43,400               51,350
  Weighted average interest rate.....................                5.75%               5.53%                5.46%
Total average short-term borrowings..................               21,042              44,151               30,504
Average interest rate of total
  short-term borrowings..............................                5.42%               5.47%                5.42%

</TABLE>
Subsidiaries

         Pennsylvania law permits a  Pennsylvania-chartered  savings institution
to  invest up to 3% of its  assets in the  capital  stock,  securities  or other
obligations of subsidiary  corporations or service corporations.  The Department
is empowered to authorize Pennsylvania-chartered savings institutions,

                                       23
<PAGE>
upon  specific  application,  to  invest  a  greater  percentage  of  assets  in
subsidiaries.  As a result of FIRREA,  the types of activities and the magnitude
of the  Bank's  activities  in  its  investments  in  service  corporations  are
restricted (with certain  exceptions) to the levels and magnitude of investments
permitted state-chartered savings institutions.  The Company's only subsidiaries
at  September  30,  1998  were the Bank and FB  Capital  Trust.  The Bank had no
subsidiaries at September 30, 1998.

Employees

         At September  30,  1998,  the Bank had 105  full-time  and 28 part-time
employees.  None of these employees are  represented by a collective  bargaining
agent, and the Bank believes that it enjoys good relations with its personnel.

Competition

         Federal legislation in recent years has given savings  institutions the
opportunity  to compete on a more equal footing in many of the areas  previously
reserved for other types of financial  intermediaries,  mainly commercial banks.
As a result, the competitive  pressures among savings  institutions,  commercial
banks and other  financial  institutions  have increased  significantly  and are
expected to continue to do so.

         The Bank faces significant  competition in attracting savings deposits.
Its most direct  competition  for savings  deposits has  historically  come from
commercial banks, savings banks and other financial  institutions located in its
market area, however, in recent years significant competition has also come from
mutual  funds.  Particularly  in times of high  interest  rates,  the Bank faces
additional  significant  competition for investors'  funds from short-term money
market mutual funds and issuers of corporate and government securities. The Bank
competes for savings  deposits  principally by offering  depositors a variety of
deposit programs, convenient branch locations and hours, and other services. The
Bank does not rely upon any individual group or entity for a material portion of
its savings deposits.

         The Bank's  competition  for real estate loans comes  principally  from
mortgage banking companies,  commercial banks, savings banks and other financial
institutions.  The Bank  competes for loan  originations  primarily  through the
interest  rates and loan fees it  charges,  and the  efficiency  and  quality of
services it provides  borrowers  and real estate  brokers.  Factors which affect
competition include the general and local economic conditions,  current interest
rate levels and volatility in the mortgage markets.

Market Area

         The Bank now conducts business from eight full-service  offices located
in its primary market area, Allegheny and Butler counties,  which are two of the
five Pennsylvania counties which comprise the metropolitan and suburban areas of
greater  Pittsburgh.  Approximately  1.5 million  people live in the market area
served by the  Bank.  Substantially  all of the  Bank's  deposits  and loans are
received from  residents and  businesses  located in its primary market area. In
addition, the Bank participates in the MACTM and PLUSTM automatic teller machine
networks which provide  locations  throughout the Bank's primary market area, as
well as the rest of Pennsylvania and most other states.

         The area's economy is reasonably diversified,  including manufacturing,
transportation,  utilities,  banks, hospitals and educational services segments.
The population in Allegheny County, the Bank's largest market area, is aging and
population  growth is minimal.  Areas to the north and south of Allegheny County
are,  however,  experiencing  growth both in  population  and in the real estate
market. The area,

                                       24
<PAGE>
like the nation as a whole,  continues to experience  low  unemployment  and the
labor  market  remains  tight.  The  region's  unemployment  rate has dropped to
approximately  4.3%,  down from  approximately  4.9% one year ago.  Construction
activity  remains strong,  with residential  construction up approximately  6.5%
over the year ago period. The Bank believes the diversity of the area's industry
will continue to help provide for a stable economy for the  foreseeable  future;
however,  a general national  economic  slowdown may curtail the slow but steady
growth the area has experienced in recent years.



                                       25

<PAGE>
Average Balance Sheet and Analysis of Net Interest Earnings

         The following table presents for the periods indicated the total dollar
amount of  interest  from  average  interest-earning  assets  and the  resultant
yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities,
expressed both in dollars and rates,  and the net interest  margin.  The average
balance of loans receivable includes  non-accrual loans.  Interest income on tax
free  investments has been adjusted for federal income tax purposes using a rate
of 34%.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Year Ended September 30,
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1998                                        1997                   
                                               ---------------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
                                               Average                        Average       Average                        Average  
                                               Balance         Interest     Yield/Cost      Balance        Interest       Yield/Cost
                                               --------        --------        ------       --------        -------         ------  
                                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                            <C>             <C>              <C>         <C>             <C>               <C>   
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable(1)....................       $201,036        $ 16,597        8.26%       $165,170        $13,634           8.25% 
 Mortgage-backed securities.............        117,791           7,595          6.45        109,251          6,964           6.37  
 Investment securities and FHLB stock...         61,838           4,301          6.96         53,956          3,646           6.76  
 Interest-earning deposits..............          1,127              74          6.57            158             11           6.96  
                                               --------        --------        ------       --------        -------         ------  
    Total interest-earning assets.......        381,792          28,567          7.48        328,535         24,255           7.39  
                                                -------         -------        ------        -------         ------         ------  

Non-interest-earning assets.............         14,294                                       11,362                                
                                                -------                                      -------                                
  Total assets..........................       $396,086                                     $339,897                                
                                               ========                                      =======                                

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Deposits...............................       $258,013         $10,940          4.24       $235,984         $9,566           4.05  
 Borrowed funds.........................        108,238           6,424          5.94         79,686          4,316           5.42  
                                                -------          ------        ------        -------         ------         ------  
  Total interest-bearing liabilities...         366,251          17,364          4.74        315,670         13,882           4.40  
                                                -------          ------       -------        -------         ------         ------  

Non-interest bearing liabilities........            814                                          410                                
                                                -------                                      -------                                
 Total liabilities......................        367,065                                      316,080                                
                                                 
Stockholders' equity....................         29,021                                       23,817                                
                                               --------                                      -------                                
 Total liabilities and                         $396,086                                     $339,897                                
                                                =======                                      =======                                
   stockholders' equity.................
Net interest income.....................                        $11,203                                     $10,373                 
                                                                 ======                                      ======                 
Interest rate spread....................                                        2.74%                                         2.99% 
                                                                               =====                                        ======  
Net interest margin(1)                                                          2.93%                                         3.16% 
                                                                               =====                                        ======  
Ratio of average interest-earning assets
 to average interest-bearing liabilities                                      104.24%                                       104.08% 
                                                                              ======                                        ======  
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1996                      
                                                     ----------------------------------------                      
                                                     Average                        Average     
                                                     Balance        Interest       Yield/Cost   
                                                       
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>               <C>    
Interest-earning assets:                  
 Loans receivable(1)....................             $135,945        $11,482           8.45%  
 Mortgage-backed securities.............               97,340          6,120           6.29   
 Investment securities and FHLB stock...               54,242          3,816           7.04   
 Interest-earning deposits..............                  769             24           3.12   
                                                      -------        -------         ------   
    Total interest-earning assets.......              288,296         21,442           7.44   
                                                                      ------         ------   
                                                                                              
Non-interest-earning assets.............               11,433                                 
                                                      -------                                 
  Total assets..........................             $299,729                                 
                                                      =======                                 
                                                                                              
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                                 
 Deposits...............................             $241,258        $10,071           4.17   
 Borrowed funds.........................               35,544          1,761           4.95   
                                                      -------         ------         ------   
  Total interest-bearing liabilities...               276,802         11,832           4.27   
                                                      -------         ------           ----   
                                                                                              
                                                                                              
Non-interest bearing liabilities........                  832                                 
                                                      -------                                 
 Total liabilities......................              277,634                                 
                                                                                              
Stockholders' equity....................               22,095                                 
                                                      -------                                 
 Total liabilities and                               $299,729                                 
                                                      =======                                 
   stockholders' equity.................                                                      
Net interest income.....................                             $ 9,610                  
                                                                      ======                  
Interest rate spread....................                                               3.17%  
                                                                                     ======   
Net interest margin(1)                                                                 3.33%  
                                                                                     ======   
Ratio of average interest-earning assets                                                      
 to average interest-bearing liabilities                                             104.22%  
                                                                                     ======   
</TABLE>
                                              
(1)  Net   interest   margin  is  net   interest   income   divided  by  average
interest-earning assets.

                                       26
<PAGE>
Rate/Volume Analysis

         The following table presents certain  information  regarding changes in
interest income and interest expense of the Bank for the periods indicated.  For
each  category  of  interest-earning  assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities,
information is provided with respect to changes  attributable  to (1) changes in
volume (change in volume multiplied by old rate), (2) changes in rate (change in
rate multiplied by old volume),  and (3) changes in rate/volume  (change in rate
multiplied by change in volume).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Year Ended September 30,
                                                      ---------------------------------------------            
                                                                   1998     vs.     1997              
                                                                    Increase (Decrease)               
                                                                           Due to     
                                                      ---------------------------------------------                
                                                                                Rate/     
                                                       Volume       Rate        Volume        Net  
                                                      -------     -------      -------      -------        
                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          
Interest income on interest-earning assets:
 Mortgage loans .................................     $ 1,823     $   (68)     $   (11)     $ 1,744      
 Mortgage-backed securities .....................         539          88            6          633      
 Installment loans ..............................         623          29            5          657      
 Commercial business loans ......................         575         (11)          (4)         560      
 Investment securities and other investments ....         664          61           (7)         718      
                                                      -------     -------      -------      -------    
     Total interest-earning assets ..............       4,224          99          (11)       4,312      
                                                      -------     -------      -------      -------    
Interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits ........................................         866         467           41        1,374      
Borrowed funds ..................................       1,719         313           76        2,108      
                                                      -------     -------      -------      -------    
Total interest-bearing liabilities ..............       2,585         780          117        3,482      
                                                      -------     -------      -------      -------    
 Net change in net interest income ..............     $ 1,639     $  (681)     $  (128)     $   830      
                                                      =======     =======      =======      ======= 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
                                                                Year Ended September 30,                                     
                                                                 1997     vs.     1996                                       
                                                                   Increase (Decrease)                                       
                                                                          Due to                                               
                                                     ----------------------------------------------
                                                                               Rate/ 
                                                     Volume        Rate        Volume         Net
                                                     -------      ------       -------      -------  
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>   
Interest income on interest-earning assets:
 Mortgage loans .................................    $ 1,534      $ (377)      $   (56)     $ 1,101
 Mortgage-backed securities .....................        740          94            10          844
 Installment loans ..............................        562         (11)           (2)         549
 Commercial business loans ......................        494           6             2          502
 Investment securities and other investments ....         (5)       (156)          (22)        (183)
                                                     -------      ------       -------      -------    
     Total interest-earning assets ..............      3,325        (444)          (68)       2,813
                                                     -------      ------       -------      -------
                                                                                          
Interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits ........................................       (223)       (288)            6         (505)
Borrowed funds ..................................      2,012         339           204        2,555
                                                     -------      ------       -------      -------     
Total interest-bearing liabilities ..............      1,789          51           210        2,050
                                                     -------      ------       -------      -------    
 Net change in net interest income ..............    $ 1,536      $ (495)     $   (278)     $   763
                                                     =======      ======      ========      =======

</TABLE>
                                       27
 
<PAGE>
Certain Ratios

         The following table presents certain  information  regarding the return
on average assets and average equity,  and the ratio of average equity to assets
of the Bank and the dividend payout ratio for the periods indicated.

                                                  Year Ended September 30,
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           1998            1997           1996
                                           -----           ----           ----
Return on average assets..............       .74%           .80%           .44%
Return on average equity..............     10.64           11.42           5.96
Average equity to assets ratio........      6.94            7.01           7.37
Dividend payout ratio ................     21.77           19.01          31.06


Asset and Liability Management

         The Bank in fiscal 1998  continued  to utilize  strategies  designed to
decrease the Bank's  vulnerability  to  significant  and prolonged  increases in
interest  rates.  This process  involves  monitoring  the imbalance  between the
generally long-term, fixed rate nature of the Bank's interest-earning assets and
its generally  short or medium-term,  interest-bearing  liabilities on a regular
basis and  implementing  actions  designed  to reduce this  imbalance.  Although
management  of the Bank  believes  that the steps it has taken,  as discussed in
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Asset and Liability Management" in the Company's 1998 Annual Report
to Stockholders,  have reduced the Bank's overall  vulnerability to increases in
interest  rates,  the Bank  continues to remain  vulnerable to  significant  and
prolonged  increases  in interest  rates  because its  interest  rate  sensitive
liabilities   exceed  its  interest  rate  sensitive   assets  with   short-term
maturities.

         The following table summaries the anticipated  repayments of the Bank's
interest-earning  assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities  as of September 30,
1998.  Adjustable and  floating-rate  assets are included in the period in which
interest   rates  are  next   scheduled   to  adjust   and   fixed-rate   loans,
mortgage-backed  securities  held-for-investment  and investment  securities are
included  in the  periods in which they are  anticipated  to be repaid  based on
scheduled  maturities  and  certain  assumptions  that  estimate  the  projected
repayments of loans,  mortgage-backed  securities and investments with specified
characteristics.  The Bank has  assumed  that  passbook,  money  market  and NOW
accounts, which generally are subject to immediate withdrawal,  are withdrawn at
various  rates applied to the  cumulative  declining  balances  based on certain
assumptions for passbook, money market and NOW accounts.


                                       28
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          September 30, 1998
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Over Three
                                                                 Months        After One
                                                   Three         Through         Year          After
                                                   Months        Twelve      Through Five      Five
                                                   or Less       Months          Years         Years         Total
                                                  --------      --------       --------      --------      --------
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                               <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>     
Interest-earning assets:
  Mortgage loans ............................     $ 11,817      $ 23,899       $ 81,175      $ 46,023      $162,914
  Mortgage-backed securities ................       32,860        20,139         36,586        13,056       102,641
  Installment loans .........................       11,287         9,900         27,935          --          49,122
  Commercial business loans .................        9,356         2,226         11,085           490        23,157
  Investment securities and other investments       13,009         8,999         14,403        32,627        69,038
                                                  --------      --------       --------      --------      --------
         Total interest-earning assets ......       78,329        65,163        171,184        92,196       406,872
                                                  --------      --------       --------      --------      --------
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Passbook and club accounts ................        2,371         7,113         11,856        26,083        47,423
  Checking accounts .........................        9,211          --           16,581        11,054        36,846
  Money market accounts .....................        7,474          --            7,475          --          14,949
  Certificate accounts ......................       27,242        78,918         50,789         5,568       162,517
  Borrowed funds ............................        7,069          --           75,000        31,376       113,445
                                                  --------      --------       --------      --------      --------
         Total interest-bearing liabilities .       53,367        86,031        161,701        74,081       375,180
                                                  --------      --------       --------      --------      --------
Interest sensitivity ........................     $ 24,962      $(20,868)      $  9,483      $ 18,115      $ 31,692
                                                  ========      ========       ========      ========      ========
Cumulative interest sensitivity .............     $ 24,962      $  4,094       $ 13,577      $ 31,692      $ 31,692
                                                  ========      ========       ========      ========      ========
Cumulative ratio as a percent of assets .....         6.15%         1.01%          3.34%         7.81%         7.81%
                                                  ========      ========       ========      ========      ========

</TABLE>
Regulation of the Company

         Bank  Holding  Company Act ("BHCA") - General.  The Company,  as a bank
holding company, is subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve
Board.  Under the BHCA, a bank holding company is required to file annually with
the Federal Reserve Board a report of its operations and, with its subsidiaries,
is subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board.

         BHCA -  Activities  and Other  Limitations.  The BHCA  prohibits a bank
holding company from acquiring  direct or indirect  ownership or control of more
than 5% of the  voting  shares of any bank,  or  increasing  such  ownership  or
control of any bank,  without prior approval of the Federal  Reserve Board.  The
BHCA also  generally  prohibits a bank holding  company from  acquiring any bank
located outside of the state in which the existing bank subsidiaries of the bank
holding company are located unless  specifically  authorized by applicable state
law.  Pennsylvania  banking law permits the  interstate  acquisition  of banking
institutions  by bank holding  companies on a regional and reciprocal  basis. No
approval under the BHCA is required, however, for a bank holding company already
owning or controlling  50% of the voting shares of a bank to acquire  additional
shares of such bank.
<PAGE>
         The  BHCA  also  prohibits  a  bank  holding   company,   with  certain
exceptions, from acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that
is not a bank and from  engaging in any business  other than banking or managing
or controlling banks. Under the BHCA, the Federal Reserve Board is authorized to
approve the  ownership of shares by a bank holding  company in any company,  the
activities

                                       29

<PAGE>
of which the Federal  Reserve Board has  determined to be so closely  related to
banking or to managing or controlling  banks as to be a proper incident thereto.
In making such  determinations,  the Federal  Reserve Board is required to weigh
the  expected  benefit to the  public,  such as greater  convenience,  increased
competition or gains in efficiency,  against the possible adverse effects,  such
as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition,  conflicts
of interest or unsound banking practices.

         The Federal  Reserve  Board has by regulation  determined  that certain
activities are closely related to banking within the meaning of the BHCA.  These
activities include providing services for internal operations for itself and its
subsidiaries  and operating a mortgage  company,  finance  company,  credit card
company,  factoring company,  trust company or savings  association;  performing
certain data  processing  operations;  providing  limited  securities  brokerage
services;  acting as an investment or financial advisor;  acting as an insurance
agent for certain types of credit-related  insurance;  leasing personal property
on a full-payout,  non-operating  basis;  providing tax planning and preparation
services;  operating a collection  agency;  providing  certain courier services;
providing management consulting services to depository institutions; issuing and
selling money orders, travelers checks and savings bonds; performing real estate
and  personal  property  appraisals;  arranging  commercial  real estate  equity
financing;  underwriting and dealing in government  obligations and money market
instruments;  providing foreign exchange  advisory and  transactional  services;
acting as a futures commission merchant;  providing check guaranty services; and
operating a credit bureau.  The Federal  Rreserve Board also has determined that
certain other activities,  including real estate brokerage and syndication, land
development,  property management and underwriting of life insurance not related
to credit transactions, are not closely related to banking and a proper incident
thereto.

         Capital Requirements (Consolidated). The Federal Reserve Board measures
capital adequacy for bank holding companies on the basis of a risk-based capital
framework and a leverage  ratio.  The  guidelines  include the concept of Tier 1
capital  and  total  capital.  Tier 1  capital  is  essentially  common  equity,
<PAGE>
excluding net unrealized gain (loss) on equity securities available-for-sale and
goodwill,  plus  certain  types of  preferred  stock,  including  the  Preferred
Securities issued by the Trust in 1997. The Preferred Securities may comprise up
to 25% of the Company's  Tier 1 capital.  Total capital  includes Tier 1 capital
and other forms of capital such as the  allowance  for loan  losses,  subject to
limitations,  and subordinated debt. The guidelines establish a minimum standard
risk-based  target ratio of 8%, of which at least 4% must be in the form of Tier
1 capital. At September 30, 1998, the company had Tier 1 capital as a percentage
of risk-weighted  assets of 16.17% and total risk-based  capital as a percentage
of risk-weighted assets of 17.52%.

         In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage
ratio guidelines for bank holding companies.  These guidelines currently provide
for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital as a

                                       30

<PAGE>
percentage  of average  assets  (the  "Leverage  Ratio") of 3% for bank  holding
companies  that meet certain  criteria,  including that they maintain a Leverage
Ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the  minimum.  At September  30,
1998, the Company has a Leverage Ratio of 9.35%.

         Limitations on Acquisitions of Voting Stock. The Federal Change in Bank
Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring "control" of a
bank holding  company  unless the Federal  Reserve Board has been given 60 days'
prior written  notice of such proposed  acquisition  and within that time period
the Federal  Reserve  Board has not issued a notice  disapproving  the  proposed
acquisition  or extending for up to another 30 days the period during which such
a disapproval  may be issued.  An acquisition may be made prior to expiration of
the disapproval period if the Federal Reserve Board issues written notice of its
intent not to disapprove the action. Under a rebuttable presumption  established
by the Federal  Reserve  Board,  the  acquisition of more than 10% of a class of
voting stock of a bank holding  company  with a class of  securities  registered
under Section 12 of the Exchange Act would, under the circumstances set forth in
the presumption, constitute the acquisition of control.

         In addition,  any "company" would be required to obtain the approval of
the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of
an acquiror that is a bank holding  company) or more of the  outstanding  Common
Stock of, or such  lesser  number of shares  as  constitute  control  over,  the
Company.

Regulation of the Bank

         The  Bank is  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by the  FDIC  and the
Department.  There are periodic  examinations  by the Department and the FDIC to
test the Bank's compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation
and supervision  establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an
institution  can engage and is  intended  primarily  for the  protection  of the
insurance fund and depositors.

         FDIC  Insurance  Premiums.  The deposits of the Bank are insured to the
maximum extent permitted by the SAIF, which is administered by the FDIC, and are
backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. As insurer, the FDIC
is  authorized  to  conduct   examination  of,  and  to  require  reporting  by,
FDIC-insured  institutions.  It also may prohibit any  FDIC-insured  institution
from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose
a serious  threat  to the FDIC.  The FDIC  also has the  authority  to  initiate
enforcement actions against savings institutions.

         On September 30, 1996, President Clinton signed into law legislation to
eliminate  the  premium  differential  between  SAIF-insured   institutions  and
BIF-insured  institutions by recapitalizing  the SAIF's reserves to the required
ratio of 1.25% of insured deposits. The legislation provided that the holders of
SAIF-assessable  deposits pay a one-time special  assessment to recapitalize the
SAIF. The legislation also provided for the merger of the BIF and the SAIF, with
such merger being  conditioned upon the prior elimination of the thrift charter.
Effective  October  8,  1996,  FDIC  regulations   imposed  a  one-time  special
assessment  equal to 65.7 basis  points for all  SAIF-assessable  deposits as of
March 31, 1995, which was collected on November 27, 1996.
<PAGE>

         Following the imposition of the one-time special  assessment,  the FDIC
lowered  assessment  rates for SAIF  members  to  reduce  the  disparity  in the
assessment  rates  paid by BIF and SAIF  members.  Beginning  October  1,  1996,
effective  BIF and SAIF rates  both  range  from zero  basis  points to 27 basis
points. From 1997 through 1999, FDIC-insured institutions will pay approximately
1.3 basis points of

                                       31

<PAGE>
their  BIF-assessable  deposits  and 6.4 basis  points of their  SAIF-assessable
deposits to fund the Financing Corporation.

         The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured  depository
institution,  including  the Bank,  if it  determines  after a hearing  that the
institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices,  is in an
unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  continue  operations,  or has  violated  any
applicable law, regulation,  order or any condition imposed by an agreement with
the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit insurance  temporarily  during the hearing
process for the permanent  termination of insurance,  if the  institution has no
tangible capital.  Management is aware of no existing  circumstances which would
result in termination of the Bank's deposit insurance.

         Capital Requirements.  The FDIC has promulgated regulations and adopted
a statement of policy  regarding the capital adequacy of  state-chartered  banks
which,  like the Bank, will not be members of the Federal Reserve System.  These
requirements are  substantially  similar to those adopted by the Federal Reserve
Board regarding bank holding companies, as described above.

         The FDIC's capital regulations establish a minimum 3.0% Tier I leverage
capital requirement for the most highly-rated state-chartered, non-member banks,
with an  additional  cushion  of at least 100 to 200 basis  points for all other
state-chartered,  non-member banks,  which effectively will increase the minimum
Tier I leverage  ratio for such other  banks to 4.0% to 5.0% or more.  Under the
FDIC's  regulation,  highest-rated  banks are those that the FDIC determines are
not  anticipating or experiencing  significant  growth and have well diversified
risk,  including no undue interest rate risk exposure,  excellent asset quality,
high  liquidity,  good earnings and, in general,  which are  considered a strong
banking  organization  and are rated  composite  1 under the  Uniform  Financial
Institutions  Rating  System.  Leverage or core capital is defined as the sum of
common  stockholders'   equity  (including  retained  earnings),   noncumulative
perpetual  preferred  stock and  related  surplus,  and  minority  interests  in
consolidated  subsidiaries,  minus all  intangible  assets  other  than  certain
qualifying supervisory goodwill, and certain purchased mortgage servicing rights
and purchased credit and relationships.

         The FDIC also  requires  that savings  banks meet a risk-based  capital
standard.  The  risk-based  capital  standard  for savings  banks  requires  the
maintenance   of  total  capital  (which  is  defined  as  Tier  I  capital  and
supplementary (Tier 2 capital) to risk weighted assets of 8%. In determining the
amount of  risk-weighted  assets,  all assets,  plus  certain off balance  sheet
assets,  are multiplied by a risk-weight  of 0% to 100%,  based on the risks the
FDIC believes are inherent in the type of asset or item.

         The  components  of Tier I capital are  equivalent  to those  discussed
above under the 3% leverage standard.  The components of supplementary  (Tier 2)
capital include certain perpetual preferred stock, certain mandatory convertible
securities,  certain  subordinated  debt and  intermediate  preferred  stock and
general  allowances  for loan and  lease  losses.  Allowance  for loan and lease
losses  includable in supplementary  capital is limited to a maximum of 1.25% of
risk-weighted   assets.   Overall,   the  amount  of  capital   counted   toward
supplementary capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital. At September 30, 1998,
the Bank met each of its capital requirements.

         The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  concerning  the
Bank's regulatory capital at September 30, 1998.

                                       32
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Tier I          Tier I         Tier II
                                               Core         Risk-Based     Risk-Based
                                              Capital        Capital         Capital
                                             --------       --------       --------
                                                      (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>     
Equity Capital(1) ......................     $ 27,325       $ 27,325       $ 27,325
Less: unrealized securities gains ......         (887)          (887)          (887)
Plus: general valuation allowance (2) ..         --             --            2,243
                                             --------       --------       --------
    Total regulatory capital ...........       26,438         26,438         28,681
Minimum required capital ...............       15,617          9,034         18,068
                                             --------       --------       --------
   Excess regulatory capital ...........     $ 10,821       $ 17,404       $ 10,613
                                             ========       ========       ========
Regulatory capital as a percentage(3) ..         6.77%         11.71%         12.70%
Minimum regulatory capital percentage ..         4.00           4.00           8.00
                                             --------       --------       --------
    Excess regulatory capital percentage         2.77%          7.71%          4.70%
                                             ========       ========       ========

</TABLE>


(1)      Represents  equity  capital of the Bank as reported to the FDIC and the
         Pennsylvania  Department  of Banking on Form 032 for the quarter  ended
         September 30, 1998.

(2)       Limited to 1.25% of risk adjusted assets.

(3)      Tier 1 capital is calculated as a percentage of adjusted  total average
         assets of $390.4  million.  Tier I and Tier II  risk-based  capital are
         calculated as a percentage of adjusted  risk-weighted  assets of $225.8
         million.

         The  Bank  is  also  subject  to  more  stringent   Department  capital
guidelines.  Although not adopted in regulation  form, the  Department  utilizes
capital standards  requiring a minimum of 6% leverage capital and 10% risk-based
capital. The components of leverage and risk-based capital are substantially the
same as those defined by the FDIC.

         Safety and Soundness.  FDICIA requires each federal banking  regulatory
agency  to  prescribe,  by  regulation,  standards  for all  insured  depository
institutions  and  depository  institution  holding  companies  relating  to (i)
internal   controls,   information   systems  and  audit   systems;   (ii)  loan
documentation;  (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) interest rate risk exposure; (v)
asset  growth;  (vi)  compensation,  fees and  benefits;  and (vii)  such  other
operational and managerial standards as the agency determines to be appropriate.
If an insured depository institution or its holding company fails to meet any of
the standards  promulgated by regulation,  then such institution or company will
be required to submit a plan within 30 days to the FDIC  specifying the steps it
will take to correct the deficiency. In the event that an institution or company
<PAGE>

fails to submit or fails in any material  respect to implement a compliance plan
within the time allowed by the agency,  Section 39 of the FDIA provides that the
FDIC must order the institution or company to correct the deficiency and may (1)
restrict  asset growth;  (2) require the  institution or company to increase its
ratio of tangible equity to assets;  (3) restrict the rates of interest that the
institution  or company may pay; or (4) take any other  action that would better
carry out the purpose of prompt corrective  action. The Bank believes that it is
in compliance with each of the standards adopted.


                                       33
<PAGE>
         Regulatory   Enforcement   Authority.   FIRREA   included   substantial
enhancement to the enforcement  powers available to federal banking  regulators.
This enforcement  authority includes,  among other things, the ability to assess
civil  money  penalties,  to issue  cease-and-desist  or  removal  orders and to
initiate    injunctive    actions    against    banking     organizations    and
institution-affiliated  parties,  as  defined.  In  general,  these  enforcement
actions may be initiated for  violations of laws and  regulations  and unsafe or
unsound  practices.  Other  actions  or  inactions  may  provide  the  basis for
enforcement  actions,  including  misleading  or  untimely  reports  filed  with
regulatory authorities. FIRREA significantly increased the amount of and grounds
for civil money  penalties  and requires,  except under  certain  circumstances,
public disclosure of final enforcement  actions by the federal banking agencies.
In addition,  under FIRREA and regulations  adopted by the FDIC thereunder,  the
FDIC  must be given 30 days'  notice  of any  changes  in  directors  or  senior
executive officers of the Bank, and the FDIC may object to such changes.

         Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Banks. Section 24
of the FDIA,  as amended by the  FDICIA,  generally  limits the  activities  and
equity  investments  of  FDIC-insured,  state-chartered  banks to those that are
permissible  for  national  banks.   Under   regulations   dealing  with  equity
investments,  an insured  state bank  generally  may not directly or  indirectly
acquire or retain any equity investment of a type, or in an amount,  that is not
permissible  for a national bank. An insured state bank is not prohibited  from,
among  other  things,  (I)  acquiring  or  retaining  a majority  interest  in a
subsidiary,  (ii)  investing  as a limited  partner  in a  partnership  the sole
purpose  of  which  is  direct  or  indirect   investment  in  the  acquisition,
rehabilitation or new construction of a qualified housing project, provided that
such  limited  partnership  investments  may not exceed 2% of the  bank's  total
assets,  (iii)  acquiring up to 10% of the voting stock of a company that solely
provides or reinsures  directors',  trustees' and officers'  liability insurance
coverage  or  bankers'  blanket  bond  group  insurance   coverage  for  insured
depository institutions,  and (iv) acquiring or retaining the voting shares of a
depository institution if certain requirements are met.

         The  FDIC  adopted  final  regulation   governing  the  activities  and
investments of insured state banks which further  implemented  Section 24 of the
FDIA, as amended by FDICIA.  Under the regulations,  an insured  state-chartered
bank  may  not,  directly,  or  indirectly  through  a  subsidiary,   engage  as
"principal" in any activity that is not  permissible  for a national bank unless
the FDIC has determined that such activities would pose no risk to the insurance
fund of which  it is a member  and the  bank is in  compliance  with  applicable
regulatory capital  requirements.  Any insured  state-chartered bank directly or
indirectly  engaged in any activity  that is not  permitted  for a national bank
must cease the impermissible activity.

         Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB System,
which  consists of 12  regional  FHLBs,  with each  subject to  supervision  and
regulation by the Federal  Housing  Finance  Board.  The FHLBs provide a central
credit facility primarily for member institutions.  The Bank, as a member of the
FHLB of  Pittsburgh,  is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in
that FHLB in an amount equal to at least 1% of the aggregate principal amount of
its unpaid  residential  mortgage  loans,  home  purchase  contracts and similar
obligations  at the beginning of each year,  or 5% of its advances  (borrowings)
from the FHLB of Pittsburgh,  whichever is greater.  The Bank had a $5.1 million
investment  in stock of the FHLB of  Pittsburgh  at September  30,  1998,  which
complied with this requirement.

         Advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh  are secured by a member's  shares
of stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh, certain types of mortgages and other assets.
Interest rates charged for advances vary  depending  upon maturity,  the cost of
funds to the FHLB of Pittsburgh and the purpose of the borrowing.

                                       34
<PAGE>
At September 30, 1998,  the Bank had $100.2 million of advances from the FHLB of
Pittsburgh outstanding.

         Classification  of  Assets.  Under  current  federal  regulations,   an
institution's  problem assets are subject to classification  according to one of
three  categories:  "substandard,"  "doubtful" and "loss." For assets classified
"substandard"  and "doubtful," the institution is required to establish  prudent
general loan loss  reserves in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.  Assets classified  "loss" must be either completely  written off or
supported by a 100%  specific  reserve.  A  classification  category  designated
"special  mention"  also must be  established  and  maintained  for  assets  not
currently  requiring  classification  but having  potential  weaknesses  or risk
characteristics that could result in future problems. An institution is required
to develop an in-house program to classify its assets,  including investments in
subsidiaries,  on a regular basis and set aside appropriate loss reserves on the
basis of such  classification.  At  September  30,  1998,  the Bank had $552,000
of assets classified as substandard.

         Interstate  Acquisitions.  The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has enacted
legislation   regarding  the  acquisition  of  commercial  banks,  bank  holding
companies,   savings  banks  and  savings  and  loan  associations   located  in
Pennsylvania  by  institutions  located  outside of  Pennsylvania.  The  statute
dealing with savings  institutions  authorizes  (i) a savings bank,  savings and
loan association or holding company thereof located in Delaware, the District of
Columbia,  Indiana,  Kentucky,  Maryland,  New Jersey,  Ohio,  Virginia and West
Virginia (collectively, "regional institutions") to acquire the voting stock of,
merge or  consolidate  with,  or purchase  assets and assume  liabilities  of, a
Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank, (collectively, "Pennsylvania institutions")
and (ii) the establishment of branches in Pennsylvania by regional institutions,
in each case subject to certain conditions including  reciprocal  legislation in
the state in which the regional  institution  seeking entry into Pennsylvania is
located permitting comparable entry by Pennsylvania institutions and approval by
the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The statute also provides for nationwide
branching  by   Pennsylvania-chartered   savings  banks  and  savings  and  loan
associations, subject to Pennsylvania Department of Banking approval and certain
other  conditions.  Of the states  within the region,  Delaware,  Maryland,  New
Jersey,  Ohio and West  Virginia  currently  have laws that permit  Pennsylvania
institutions  to branch into such states  and/or  acquire  savings  institutions
located is such states.

         Miscellaneous.  The Bank is subject to certain restrictions on loans to
the Company, on investments in the stock or securities thereof, on the taking of
such stock or  securities as  collateral  for loans to any borrower,  and on the
issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit on behalf of the  Company.  The Bank
is also subject to certain  restrictions on most types of transactions  with the
Company,  requiring  that  the  terms  of  such  transactions  be  substantially
equivalent  to terms of  similar  transactions  with  non-affiliated  firms.  In
addition,  there will be various limitations on the distribution of dividends to
the Company by the Bank.

         In  addition  to  requiring  a  new  system  of  risk-based   insurance
assessments  and  a  system  of  prompt   corrective   action  with  respect  to
undercapitalized  banks, as discussed above, the FDICIA also contains provisions
which are intended to enhance independent auditing  requirements,  amend various
consumer banking laws, limit the ability of  "undercapitalized  banks" to borrow
from the Federal  Reserve Board's  discount  window,  and require  regulators to
perform  annual  on-site bank  examinations  and set  standards  for real estate
lending.

                                       35
<PAGE>
Pennsylvania Bank Law

         The Bank is incorporated  under the Pennsylvania  Banking Code of 1965,
which  contains  detailed  provisions  governing the  organization,  location of
offices,  rights and  responsibilities  of  directors,  officers,  employees and
members,  as well as corporate  powers,  savings and  investment  operations and
other  aspects of the Savings Bank and its affairs.  The Banking Code  delegates
extensive  rulemaking power and  administrative  discretion to the Department so
that the  supervision  and  regulation of  state-chartered  savings banks may be
flexible and readily responsive to changes in economic conditions and in savings
and lending practices.

         One of the  purposes of the Banking  Code is to provide  savings  banks
with the opportunity to be competitive  with each other and with other financial
institutions existing under other Pennsylvania laws and other state, federal and
foreign laws. A  Pennsylvania  savings bank may locate or change the location of
its  principal  place of  business  and  establish  an  office  anywhere  in the
Commonwealth, with the prior approval of the Department.

         The Department generally examines each savings bank not less frequently
than once every two years.  Although the Department may accept the  examinations
and  reports of the FDIC in lieu of the  Department's  examination,  the present
practice is for the Department to conduct a joint examination with the FDIC. The
Department  may order any savings bank to  discontinue  any  violation of law or
unsafe or  unsound  business  practice  and may direct  any  director,  officer,
attorney or employee of a savings  bank  engaged in an  objectionable  activity,
after the Department has ordered the activity to be terminated, to show cause at
a hearing before the Department why such person should not be removed.

         The foregoing  references to laws and regulations  which are applicable
to the Bank are brief  summaries  thereof which do no purport to be complete and
which are qualified in their entirety by reference to such laws and regulations.

Federal and State Taxation

         General. The Company and Bank are subject to federal income taxation in
the same general manner as other  corporations  with some exceptions,  including
particularly the reserve for bad debts discussed below. The following discussion
of federal  taxation is intended  only to summarize  certain  pertinent  federal
income  tax  matters  and is not a  comprehensive  description  of the tax rules
applicable to the Bank.

         Method of Accounting.  For federal income tax purposes, the Company and
Bank  currently  report income and expenses on the accrual  method of accounting
and use a tax year  ending  September  30 for  filing its  consolidated  federal
income tax returns.

         Bad Debt Reserves.  Savings  institutions  such as the Bank, which meet
certain  definitional tests primarily relating to their assets and the nature of
their businesses, are permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make
annual additions to the reserve.  These additions may, within specified  formula
limits, be deducted in arriving at the Bank's taxable income.

         Pennsylvania  Taxation.  The  Company is  subject  to the  Pennsylvania
Corporate Net Income Tax and Capital Stock and Franchise  Tax. The Corporate Net
Income  Tax  rate  is  currently   12.25%  and  is  imposed  on  the   Company's
unconsolidated taxable income for federal purposes with certain adjustments.

                                       36
<PAGE>
In general, the Capital Stock Tax is a property tax imposed at a rate of 1.3% of
a  corporation's  capital stock value,  which is determined in accordance with a
fixed formula based on average net income and net worth.

         The  Bank is  subject  to tax  under  the  Pennsylvania  Mutual  Thrift
Institutions Tax Act ("MITA"),  currently at the rate of 11.5% on the Bank's net
earnings,  determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on its books. For fiscal
years  beginning in 1983, and  thereafter,  net operating  losses may be carried
forward and allowed as a deduction for three succeeding  years. MITA exempts the
Bank  from all other  corporate  taxes  imposed  by  Pennsylvania  for state tax
purposes,  and from all local taxes imposed by political  subdivisions  thereof,
except taxes on real estate and real estate transfers.

Item 2. Properties

         At September  30, 1998,  the Bank  conducted its business from its main
office in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania and seven full-service branch offices located
in Allegheny and Butler counties.



                                       37

<PAGE>

         The following table sets forth certain  information with respect to the
offices of the Bank as of September 30, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       Location
- -----------------------------------------------
                                                                                                    Net Book Value
                                                                  Lease Expiration                  of Property and
                                                                 Date (including)                Leasehold Improvements
        County                   Address                       Lease or Own Options               at September 30, 1998
        ------                   -------                       --------------------               ---------------------
<S>                       <C>                                      <C>                                 <C>
                          3300 Brighton Road
Allegheny                 Pittsburgh, PA 15212                     Own                                    $145,989
                                                           
                          1009 Perry Highway
Allegheny                 Pittsburgh, PA 15237                     Own                                     226,312
                                                           
                          251 South Main Street
Butler                    Zelienople, PA 16063                     Own                                     489,285
                                                           
                          312 Beverly Road
Allegheny                 Pittsburgh, PA 15216                     Lease 7/31/08                                --
                                                          
                          6000 Babcock Blvd.
Allegheny                 Pittsburgh, PA 15237                     Lease 11/30/98                               --
                                                           
                          1701 Duncan Avenue
Allegheny                 Allison park, PA 15101                   Lease 01/31/00                            8,378
                                                           
                          4710 Liberty Avenue
Allegheny                 Pittsburgh, PA 15224                     Own                                     616,997
                                                           
                          728 Washington Road
Allegheny                 Pittsburgh, PA 15228                     Own                                     248,934
                                                                                                        ----------
Total                                                                                                   $1,735,895
                                                                                                        ----------
                          Loan Center
                          1014 Perry Highway
Allegheny                 Pittsburgh, PA 15237                     Lease 9/30/07                           $64,592
                                                          
                          Data Processing and
                          Checking Department
                          1015 Perry Highway
Allegheny                 Pittsburgh, PA 15237                     Own                                     282,903
                                                                                                        ----------
Total (including Loan
and Data Centers)                                                                                       $2,083,390
                                                                                                        ==========

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

         Management  of  the  Bank  believes  that  the  above   properties  are
adequately  covered by insurance and are in good  condition.  The Bank generally
does not invest in real estate directly.  The real estate activities of the Bank
generally  consist of providing loans to the purchasers of the  properties.  The
properties  which serve as  collateral  for the loans may consist of any type of
real estate located anywhere in the United States. For a description of the real
estate lending activities of the Bank, see "Item 1.
Description of Business - Lending Activities."

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

         The Company is not involved in any legal  proceedings  other than legal
proceedings  occurring  in the ordinary  course of  business,  of which none are
expected to have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company.  In the opinion of
management, the aggregate amount involved in such proceedings is not material to
the financial condition or results of operations of the Bank.



                                       38
<PAGE>
Items 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Securities Holders

         Not applicable.

                                     PART II

Item 5. Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

         The information  required herein is incorporated by reference from page
49 of the  Company's  Annual  Report to  Stockholders  for fiscal 1998  ("Annual
Report"). The Company's ability to pay cash dividends in the future is dependent
upon, among other things, the receipt of dividends from the Bank.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

         The information  contained in the section captioned "Selected Financial
Data" of the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations

         The information required herein is incorporated by reference from pages
36 to 47 of the Company's Annual Report.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

         The information required herein is incorporated by reference from pages
36 to 38 of the Company's annual report.

Item 8. Financial Statements

         The information required herein is incorporated by reference from pages
6 to 46 of the Company's Annual Report.

Item  9.  Changes  in and  Disagreements  With  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
Financial Disclosure

         Not applicable.

                                    PART III

Item  10.  Directors,   Executive  Officers,   Promoters  and  Control  Persons;
Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

         The information required herein is incorporated by reference from pages
2 to 3 of the Proxy  Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
filed within 120 days of September 30, 1999 ("Proxy Statement").

Item 11. Executive Compensation and Transactions

         The information required herein is incorporated by reference from pages
3 to 11 of the Proxy Statement.


                                       39

<PAGE>
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management Contents

         The information required herein is incorporated by reference from pages
2 to 3 of the Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

         The information  required herein is incorporated by reference from page
11 of the Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Exhibits, List and Reports on Form 8-K

         (a.) Exhibits

         The  following  exhibits  are  filed as part of this Form 10-K and this
list includes the Exhibit Index.

         2        Agreement and Plan of Reorganization(1)
         3.1      Articles of Incorporation(1)
         3.2      Bylaws(1)
         4        Common Stock Certificate(2)
         10.1     Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended(2)
         10.2     1988 Employee Stock Compensation Program(2)
         10.3     1993 Employee Stock Compensation Program(3)
         10.4     1997 Employee Stock Compensation Program(4)
         10.5     1993 Directors' Stock Option Plan(3)
         10.6     Employment Agreement between the Company, the Bank and William
                  L. Windisch(2)
         10.7     1998 Group Term Replacement Plan
         10.8     1998 Salary  Continuation  Plan  Agreement by and between W.L.
                  Windisch, the Company and the Bank
         10.9     1998 Salary  Continuation  Plan  Agreement by and between R.G.
                  Spencer, the Company and the Bank
         10.10    1998 Salary  Continuation  Plan  Agreement by and between M.A.
                  Mooney, the Company and the Bank
         13       1998 Annual Report to Stockholders
         21       Subsidiaries   (see   Item   1.   Description   of   Business)
         23       Consent of Accountants
         27       Financial Data Schedule (in electronic filing only)

(1)      Incorporated by reference from the exhibits  attached to the Prospectus
         and  Proxy  Statement  of the  Company  included  in  its  Registration
         Statement on Form S-4 (registration No. 33-55384) filed with the SEC on
         December 3, 1992 (the "Registration Statement").
(2)      Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement.
(3)      Incorporated  by  reference  from an exhibit in Form S-8 filed with the
         SEC on May 2, 1997.
(4)      Incorporated  by reference  from an Exhibit in Form S-8 with the SEC on
         March  12,  1998.  

         (b.) Reports on form 8-K

         The  Company  did not file any  reports on Form 8-K during the  quarter
ended September 30, 1998.

                                       40

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto only authorized.

                                                     FIDELITY BANCORP, INC.



         December 23, 1998                           /s/William L. Windisch
                                                     ----------------------
                                                     William L. Windisch
                                                     Chief Executive Officer and
                                                     President

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Company and in the capacities and on December 23, 1998.



/s/ William L. Windisch                    /s/ Richard G. Spencer
- -----------------------                    ----------------------
William L. Windisch                        Richard G. Spencer
Director, President and                    Vice President and Treasurer
Chief Executive Officer                    (also Principal Accounting Officer)




/s/ John R. Gales                          /s/ Robert F. Kastelic
- -----------------                          ----------------------
John R. Gales                              Robert F. Kastelic
Director                                   Director





/s/ Oliver D. Keefer                       /s/ Charles E. Nettrour
- --------------------                       -----------------------
Oliver D. Keefer                           Charles E. Nettrour
Director                                   Director



/s/ Joanne Ross Wilder
- ----------------------
Joanne Ross Wilder
Director


 

                                       41















                                  EXHIBIT 10.7
<PAGE>
                               FIDELITY BANK PaSB
                       OFFICER GROUP TERM REPLACEMENT PLAN

         THIS  AGREEMENT,  hereby made and entered  into this 30th day of March,
1998,  to be effective  January 1, 1998,  by and between  FIDELITY  BANK PaSB, a
State Stock Savings Bank located in Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania (the "Company) and
the executive selected to participate in this Plan as detailed in Exhibit B.


                                  INTRODUCTION

         The Company wishes to attract and retain highly  qualified  executives.
To further this  objective,  the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds
of certain life  insurance  policies which are owned by the Company on the lives
of the participating  executives with the designated beneficiary of each insured
participant  executive.  The Company will pay life  insurance  premiums from its
general assets.


                                    Article 1
                               General Definitions

         The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

         1.1  "Compensation  Committee" means either the Compensation  Committee
designated  from time to time by the Company's  Board of Directors or a majority
of the  Company's  Board of  Directors,  either of which  shall  hereinafter  be
referred to as the Compensation Committee.

         1.2      "Insured" means the individual whose life is insured.

         1.3 "Insurer"  means the insurance  company  issuing the life insurance
policy on the life of the Insured.

         1.4  "Other  Group  Term  Coverage"  means  group  term life  insurance
maintained on a  Participant's  life owned by the Company that is in addition to
the Policies covered under this Plan.

         1.5  "Participant"  means  the  executive  who  is  designated  by  the
Compensation Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan, elects in writing
to  participate  in the Plan  using the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit A, and
signs a Split Dollar  Endorsement  for the Policy in which the  executive is the
Insured.


         1.6  "Policy"  means the  individual  insurance  policy  adopted by the
Compensation  Committee for purposes of insuring a Participant's life under this
Plan.

         1.7      "Plan" means this instrument including all amendments thereto.

                                                         1


<PAGE>
         1.8 "Termination of Employment" means that the Participant ceases to be
employed  by the  Company  for any reason  whatsoever  other than by reason of a
leave  of  absence  which is  approved  by the  Company.  For  purposes  of this
Agreement,  if there is a dispute over the employment  status of the Participant
or the date of the  Participant's  Termination of Employment,  the Company shall
have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute.

         1.9  "Year  of  Service"  means  each  computation   period  of  twelve
consecutive months during which the Participant is employed on a full-time basis
by the  Company,  inclusive  of any  approved  leave  of  absence.  The  initial
computation  period shall commence on the  Participant's  date of employment and
ends twelve months thereafter.


                                    Article 2
                                  Participation

         2.1 Eligibility to Participate.  The Compensation Committee in its sole
discretion  shall  designate from time to time  executives  that are eligible to
participate in this Plan.

         2.2 Participation.  The eligible executive may participate in this Plan
by executing an Election to  Participate  and a Split  Dollar  Endorsement.  The
Split  Dollar   Endorsement   shall  bind  the  executive  and  the  executive's
beneficiaries,  assigns and  transferees,  to the terms and  conditions  of this
Plan.  An  executive's  participation  is  limited  to only  Policies  where the
executive  is the  Insured.  Exhibit B attached  hereto sets forth the  original
Participants and their corresponding Policies.

                                    Article 3
                           Policy Ownership/Interests

         3.1  Company  Ownership.   The  Company  shall  own  Policies  on  each
Participant's  life and  shall  have the  right to  exercise  all  incidents  of
ownership.  With  respect  to each  Policy,  the  Company  shall  be the  direct
beneficiary  of an amount of death  proceeds  equal to the  greatest of: (1) the
cash  surrender  value of the Policy;  (2) the  aggregate  premiums  paid on the
Policy by the Company less any outstanding  indebtedness to the Insurer;  or (3)
the amount in excess of the benefit listed in Exhibit C.

         3.2  Participant's  Interest.  Each  Participant,  or the Participant's
assignee,  shall have the right to designate  the  beneficiary  of the remaining
death proceeds of the Policy not paid to the Company as set forth in Section 3.1
hereto. The death benefit paid to the designated  beneficiary of the Participant
or the  Participant's  assignee  under  the  Policy  shall  constitute  the sole
benefits provided under the Plan.

         3.3  Option to  Purchase.  The  Company  shall not sell,  surrender  or
transfer ownership of a Policy while this Plan is in effect without first giving
the Insured or the Insured's transferee, the option to purchase the Policy for a
period of sixty (60) days from written notice of such intention.

                                                         2
<PAGE>
The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash  surrender  value of the
Policy.  This  provision  shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate
this Plan, except as provided in Section 4.3 hereto.

                                    Article 4
                                    Premiums

         4.1 Premium  Payment.  The Company  shall pay all  premiums  due on all
Policies.

         4.2 Imputed Income.  The Company shall impute income to the Participant
in an amount equal to the current term rate for the Participant's age multiplied
by the aggregate death benefit  payable to the  Participant's  beneficiary.  The
"current term rate" is the minimum  amount  required to be imputed under Revenue
Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

         4.3 Benefit  Vesting and Cash  Payment.  If  Termination  of Employment
occurs on or after the  Participant  attains age 55 years and has  completed  15
Years of Service, the Company shall be required to provide continued coverage in
the amount listed in Exhibit C to the qualifying  Participant.  In addition, the
Company  shall  annually pay to the  Participant  an amount equal to the current
term rate  imputed  to the  Participant  until the  earlier  of the death of the
Participant  or the date the  Policy  is no  longer  owned  by the  Company.  In
calculating  the cash payments due from the Company,  the Company shall gross up
the payment to cover the estimated  taxes on the imputed  income  reimbursement.
The Company's  highest actual  marginal income tax bracket for the calendar year
immediately  preceding the payment to the Participant  shall be used to estimate
the Participant's tax rate.

                                    Article 5
                               General Limitations

         Notwithstanding  any provision of this  Agreement to the contrary,  the
Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement:

         5.1 Termination for Cause. If the Company  terminates the Participant's
employment for:

         5.1.1    Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

         5.1.2    Commission  of a felony  or of a gross  misdemeanor  involving
                  moral turpitude; or

         5.1.3 Fraud, disloyalty,  dishonesty or willful violation of any law or
significant  Company  policy  committed  in  connection  with the  Participant's
employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

         5.2  Suicide  or  Misstatement.  No  benefits  shall be  payable if the
Participant  commits  suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement,
or if the  Participant  has  made  any  material  misstatement  of  fact  on any
application for life insurance purchased by the Company.

                                                         3
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding  anything heretofore or hereinafter provided,  should the Policy
adopted by the  Compensation  Committee  for the purposes of this Plan contain a
suicide  and/or  factual   misstatement   contestability   provision,   a  final
determination  made under and in accordance  with the terms of such Policy as to
the  benefits  payable  due to the  death of the  Insured  shall  be  final  and
conclusive for the purposes of this Agreement.

                                    Article 6
                                   Assignment

         Any Participant may assign without  consideration  all interests in the
Participant's  Policy and in this Plan to any  person,  entity or trust.  In the
event a  Participant  shall  transfer all of the  Participant's  interest in the
Policy, then all of that Participant's  interest in the Participant's Policy and
in the Plan  shall be  vested  in the  Participant's  transferee,  who  shall be
substituted as a party  hereunder,  and that  Participant  shall have no further
interest in the Participant's Policy or in this Plan.

                                    Article 7
                                     Insurer

         The  Insurer  shall be  bound  only by the  terms of its  corresponding
Policy.  Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with a
Policy  shall  fully  discharge  it from all  claims,  suits and  demands of all
persons  relating  to  that  Policy.  The  Insurer  shall  not be  bound  by the
provisions  of this  Plan.  The  Insurer  shall  have  the  right to rely on the
Company's  representations  with regard to any definitions,  interpretations  or
Policy interests as specified under this Plan.

                                    Article 8
                                Claims Procedure

         8.1 Claims  Procedure.  The Company  shall  notify any person or entity
that makes a claim against this Group Term  Replacement Plan (the "Claimant") in
writing, within ninety (90) days of Claimant's written application for benefits,
of Claimant's  eligibility or ineligibility for benefits under this Plan. If the
Company  determines that Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits,
the  notice  shall set forth (1) the  specific  reasons  for such  denial  (2) a
specific  reference to the provisions of this Plan on which the denial is based,
(3) a description  of any additional  information or material  necessary for the
Claimant to perfect  Claimant's claim and a description of why it is needed, and
(4) an explanation of this Plan's claims review procedure and other  appropriate
information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim
reviewed.  If the  Company  determines  that  there  are  special  circumstances
requiring  additional  time to make a  decision,  the Company  shall  notify the
Claimant  of the  special  circumstances  and the  date by which a  decision  is
expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional  ninety-day
period.

                                                         4
<PAGE>
         8.2 Review Procedure. If a Claimant is determined by the Company not to
be eligible for benefits,  or if the Claimant believes that Claimant is entitled
to greater or different  benefits,  the Claimant  shall have the  opportunity to
have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the
Company  within  sixty  (60) days  after  receipt  of the  notice  issued by the
Company.  Said  petition  shall state the  specific  reasons  which the Claimant
believes  entitle  Claimant  to benefits  or to greater or  different  benefits.
Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company
shall  afford the  Claimant  (and  counsel,  if any) an  opportunity  to present
Claimant's  position to the Company  orally or in writing,  and the Claimant (or
counsel)  shall have the right to review the  pertinent  documents.  The Company
shall  notify the  Claimant  of its  decision  in writing  within the  sixty-day
period,  stating  specifically  the basis of its  decision,  written in a manner
calculated to be understood by the Claimant and the specific  provisions of this
Plan on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing,  the
sixty-day  period is not  sufficient,  the  decision  may be deferred  for up to
another  sixty-day  period at the  election of the  Company,  but notice of this
deferral shall be given to the Claimant.

         8.3 Limited  Scope.  The scope of this claims  procedure  is limited to
those matters that  reference the Insured's  rights and the powers and duties of
the Plan Administrator under the Plan. To the extent the resolution of the claim
involves application and interpretation of terms and conditions of the Policy or
the rights of any person thereunder,  the Administrator  shall take no action as
to such claim but shall take any and all action as may be  necessary in order to
allow the Claimant to pursue such claim under the terms of the Policy,  provided
however,  all costs and expenses  incident to prosecution of such claim shall be
born exclusively by the Claimant.

                                    Article 9
                           Amendments and Termination

         This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement
signed by the Company and the Participant.

                                   Article 10
                                  Miscellaneous

         10.1 Binding Effect.  This Plan, in conjunction  with each Split Dollar
Endorsement,  shall bind each Participant and the Company,  their beneficiaries,
survivors,   executors,   administrators   and   transferees,   and  any  Policy
beneficiary.

         10.2 No Guarantee of Employment.  This Plan is not an employment policy
or contract.  It does not give a Participant  the right to remain an employee of
the  Company,  nor does it  interfere  with the  Company's  right to discharge a
Participant.  It also does not require a  Participant  to remain an employee nor
interfere with a Participant's right to terminate employment at any time.

         10.3  Applicable  Law.  The  Plan  and all  rights  hereunder  shall be
governed  by  and  construed  according  to the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of
America.

                                                         5
<PAGE>
         10.4 Notice. Any notice,  consent or demand required or permitted to be
given  under the  provisions  of this Split  Dollar Plan by one party to another
shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and
may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by
mailing the same,  by United  States  certified  mail postage  prepaid,  to such
party,  addressed to the party's  last known  address as shown on the records of
the Company.  The date of such  mailing  shall be deemed the date of such mailed
notice, consent or demand.

         10.5  Entire  Agreement.  This Plan  constitutes  the entire  agreement
between the Company and the  Participant  as to the subject  matter  hereof.  No
rights are  granted to the  Participant  by virtue of this Plan other than those
specifically set forth herein.

         10.6 Administration.  The Company shall have powers which are necessary
to administer this Plan, including, but not limited to:

         10.6.1   Interpreting the provisions of the Plan;

         10.6.2   Establishing  and  revising the method of  accounting  for the
                  Plan;

         10.6.3   Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

         10.6.4  Establishing  rules  and  prescribing  any forms  necessary  or
desirable to administer the Plan.

         10.7  Agent/Representative.  Neither the Plan nor the  Administrator of
the Plan shall be or be deemed to be an agent or representative of any Insurer.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  executes  this Plan as of the date
indicated above.

                                    COMPANY:

                                                     FIDELITY BANK PaSB



                                                     By  /s/William L. Windisch
                                                     Title President


                                   Signed for

                                                     Assistant Secretary


                                                         6















                                  EXHIBIT 10.8
<PAGE>
                               FIDELITY BANK PaSB
                          SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

         THIS  AGREEMENT is made this 30th day of March,  1998,  to be effective
January 1, 1998, by and between FIDELITY BANCORP, INC., a Pennsylvania-chartered
bank holding  company  (the  "Corporation"),  FIDELITY  BANK PaSB, a State Stock
Savings Bank located in Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania (the "Company") and WILLIAM L.
WINDISCH (the "Executive").


                                  INTRODUCTION


         To encourage  the  Executive to remain an employee of the Company,  the
Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The
Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.


AGREEMENT

         The Executive and the Company agree as follows:


                                    Article 1
                                   Definitions

         1.1 Definitions.  Whenever used in this Agreement,  the following words
and phrases shall have themeanings specified:

                  1.1.1  "Change of Control"  means that the  Executive has been
         terminated  within 12 months of a change in  control  of a nature  that
         would be  required  to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule
         14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of
         1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")  or any  successor  thereto;
         provided that, without  limitations,  such a change in control shall be
         deemed to have  occurred if (A) any  "person"  (as such term is used in
         Sections  13(d)  and  14(d)  of the  Exchange  Act) is or  becomes  the
         "beneficial  owner" (as defined in rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act),
         directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Corporation  representing
         25% or more of the  combined  voting  power of the  Corporation's  then
         outstanding  securities,  or (B) during  any period of two  consecutive
         years,  individuals who at the beginning of such period  constitute the
         Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation  cease  for  any  reason  to
         constitute at least a majority  thereof,  unless the  election,  or the
         nomination for election by stockholders, of each director who was not a
         director at the  beginning of such period has been  approved in advance
         by directors  representing at least two-thirds of the directors then in
         office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

                                                         1
<PAGE>
                  1.1.2  "Code"  means the  lnternal  Revenue  Code of l986,  as
         amended.

                  1.1.3  "Disability"  means,  if the  Executive is covered by a
         Company- sponsored  disability  policy,  total disability as defined in
         such policy without regard to any waiting  period.  If the Executive is
         not covered by such a policy,  Disability means the Executive suffering
         a sickness,  accident or injury  which,  in the judgment of a physician
         satisfactory  to the Company,  prevents the Executive  from  performing
         substantially all of the Executive's normal duties for the Company.  As
         a condition to any  benefits,  the Company may require the Executive to
         submit  to  such  physical  or  mental  evaluations  and  tests  as the
         Company's Board of Directors deems appropriate.

                  1.1.4   "Early   Retirement   Age"  means  the  later  of  the
         Executive's  55th  birthday  or the  Executive's  age after  completing
         fifteen (15) Years of Service.

                  1.1.5 "Early Retirement Date" means the month, day and year in
         which Early Retirement occurs.

                  1.1.6 "Early  Termination" means the Termination of Employment
         before Early  Retirement Age for reasons other than death,  Disability,
         Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.

                  1.1.7 "Early  Termination  Date" means the month, day and year
         in which Early Termination occurs.

                  1.1.8  "Normal  Retirement  Age"  means the  Executive's  7Oth
         birthday.

                  1.1.9 "Normal  Retirement  Date" means the later of the Normal
         Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

                  1.1.10 "Plan Year" means a twelve-month  period  commencing on
         January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year. The initial Plan Year
         shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement.

                  1.1.11   "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.2.

                  1.1.12  "Termination  of Employment"  means that the Executive
         ceases to be employed by the  Company for any reason  whatsoever  other
         than by reason of a leave of absence  which is approved by the Company.
         For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  if  there  is a  dispute  over  the
         employment  status  of the  Executive  or the  date of the  Executive's
         Termination of Employment, the Company shall have the sole and absolute
         right to decide the dispute.

                                                         2
<PAGE>
                  1.1.13  "Year of  Service"  means each  computation  period of
         twelve  consecutive  months during which the Executive is employed on a
         full-time  basis by the Company,  inclusive  of any  approved  leave of
         absence.   The  initial   computation  period  shall  commence  on  the
         Executive's date of employment and end twelve months thereafter.


                                    Article 2
                                Lifetime Benefits

         2.1 Normal  Retirement  Benefit.  Upon  Termination of Employment on or
after the Normal  Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall
pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any
other benefit under this Agreement.

                  2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section
         2.1 is $47,000 (Forty-seven  Thousand Dollars).  The Company's Board of
         Directors, in its sole discretion,  may increase the benefit under this
         Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of
         Schedule A.

                  2.1.2  Payment of Benefit.  The  Company  shall pay the annual
         benefit to the  Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments  payable on
         the first day of each  month  commencing  with the  month  following  a
         period of sixty (60) days after the Executive's  Normal Retirement Date
         and continuing for 179 additional months.

         2.2 Early Retirement Benefit. Upon Early Retirement,  the Company shall
pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any
other benefit under this Agreement.

                  2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is
         the Early  Retirement  amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year
         ending immediately prior to the Early Retirement Date.

                  2.2.2  Payment of Benefit.  The  Company  shall pay the annual
         benefit to the  Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments  payable on
         the first day of each  month  commencing  with the  month  following  a
         period of 60 days after said  Termination  of Employment and continuing
         for 179 months.

         2.3 Early Termination Benefit. If the Executive  terminates  employment
prior to Early Retirement Age, other than by reason of death or Disability,  the
Executive will not be entitled to a benefit under this Agreement.  However,  the
Company's Board of Directors,  in its sole discretion,  may provide a benefit to
the Executive upon Early Termination.

         2.4 Disability Benefit. If the Executive  terminates  employment due to
Disability  prior  to  Normal  Retirement  Age,  the  Company  shall  pay to the
Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit
under this Agreement.

                                                         3

<PAGE>
                  2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is
         the Disability  amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending
         immediately  prior  to the  date in  which  Termination  of  Employment
         occurs.

                  2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to
         the  Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the month  following a
         period of ninety (90) days after said Termination of Employment.

         2.5 Change of Control  Benefit.  Upon a Change of Control,  the Company
shall pay to the Executive the benefit  described in this Section 2.5 in lieu of
any other benefit under this Agreement.

                  2.5.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.5 is
         the Change of Control  amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year
         ending immediately prior to the date in which Termination of Employment
         occurs.

                  2.5.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to
         the  Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the month  following a
         period of sixty (60) days after said Termination of Employment.



                                    Article 3
                                 Death Benefits

         3.1 Death During Active  Service.  If the  Executive  dies while in the
         active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive's
         beneficiary  the benefit  described  in this Section 3. 1. This benefit
         shall be paid in lieu of the Lifetime Benefits of Article 2.

                  3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section
         3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

                  3.1.2  Payment of Benefit.  The  Company  shall pay the annual
         benefit to the beneficiary in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on
         the first day of each  month  commencing  with the  month  following  a
         period of sixty (60) days after the  Executive's  death and  continuing
         for 179 additional months.

         3.2 Death  During  Benefit  Period.  If the  Executive  dies  after the
benefit  payments have commenced  under this Agreement but before  receiving all
such payments,  the Company shall pay the remaining  benefits to the Executive's
beneficiary  at the same time and in the same  amounts they would have been paid
to the Executive had the Executive survived.

         3.3 Death  Following  Termination  of  Employment  But Before  Benefits
Commence.  If the Executive is entitled to benefits  under this  Agreement,  but
dies prior to receiving said benefits, the

                                                         4
<PAGE>
Company shall pay to the Executive's  beneficiary the same benefits, in the same
manner,  they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive  survived;
however, said benefit payments will commence upon the Executive's death.


                                    Article 4
                                  Beneficiaries

         4.1   Beneficiary   Designations.   The  Executive  shall  designate  a
beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company.  The Executive may
revoke  or  modify  the  designation  at any time by  filing a new  designation.
However,  designations  will only be  effective if signed by the  Executive  and
accepted  by the  Company  during  the  Executive's  lifetime.  The  Executive's
beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary
predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and
the marriage is  subsequently  dissolved.  If the Executive dies without a valid
beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

         4.2  Facility  of  Payment.  If a benefit is  payable to a minor,  to a
person  declared  incapacitated,  or  to a  person  incapable  of  handling  the
disposition  of his or her  property,  the Company  may pay such  benefit to the
guardian,  legal  representative  or person  having  the care or custody of such
minor,  incapacitated  person or incapable person. The Company may require proof
of incapacity,  minority or  guardianship  as it may deem  appropriate  prior to
distribution of the benefit.  Such distribution  shall completely  discharge the
Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.


                                    Article 5
                               General Limitations

         Notwithstanding  any provision of this  Agreement to the contrary,  the
Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement:

         5.1 Excess Parachute Payment. To the extent the benefit would create an
excise tax under the excess parachute rules of Section 28OG of the Code.

         5.2 Termination  for Cause.  If the Company  terminates the Executive's
employment for:

                  5.2.1    Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

                  5.2.2  Commission  of  a  felony  or  of a  gross  misdemeanor
         involving moral turpitude; or

                                                         5
<PAGE>
                  5.2.3 Fraud,  disloyalty,  dishonesty or willful  violation of
                  any law or significant  Company policy committed in connection
                  with the  Executive's  employment  and resulting in an adverse
                  effect on the Company.

         5.3 Competition After  Termination of Employment.  No benefits shall be
payable if the  Executive,  without the prior  written  consent of the  Company,
engages in, becomes interested in, directly or indirectly, as a sole proprietor,
as a partner in a partnership, or as a substantial shareholder in a corporation,
or becomes  associated  with,  in the capacity of employee,  director,  officer,
principal,  agent, trustee or in any other capacity  whatsoever,  any enterprise
conducted in the trading area (a 50 mile radius) of the business of the Company,
which enterprise is, or may deemed to be,  competitive with any business carried
on by the Company as of the date of the Executive's retirement or Termination of
Employment. This section shall not apply following a Change of Control.

         5.4  Suicide  or  Misstatement.  No  benefits  shall be  payable if the
Executive commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement,  or
if the Executive has made any material  misstatement  of fact on any application
for  life  insurance  purchased  by the  Company.  In  addition  to  and  not as
limitation of the  preceding,  should the Company  acquire a policy of insurance
for the purpose of protecting the Company as to the financial  risks incident to
it  entering  into the  Salary  Continuation  Agreement  and the  Executive  has
knowledge of such fact, no benefit  shall be payable to the Executive  hereunder
in an amount that would exceed the amount provided by the policy of insurance as
a result of the event that would cause benefits to be payable hereunder.


                                    Article 6
                          Claims and Review Procedures

         6.1 Claims  Procedure.  The Company  shall  notify any person or entity
that makes a claim against the Agreement  (the  "Claimant")  in writing,  within
ninety (90) days of Claimant's written  application for benefits,  of Claimant's
eligibility or  ineligibility  for benefits under the Agreement.  If the Company
determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits,  the
notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial,  (2) a specific
reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a
description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant
to perfect  Claimant's  claim and a description of why it is needed,  and (4) an
explanation  of the  Agreement's  claim review  procedure and other  appropriate
information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim
reviewed.  If the  Company  determines  that  there  are  special  circumstances
requiring  additional  time to make a  decision,  the Company  shall  notify the
Claimant  of the  special  circumstances  and the  date by which a  decision  is
expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional  ninety-day
period.

         6.2 Review Procedure.  If the Claimant is determined by the Company not
to be eligible  for  benefits,  or if the  Claimant  believes  that  Claimant is
entitled to greater or different benefits, the

                                                         6
<PAGE>
Claimant  shall have the  opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company
by filing a petition  for review with the Company  within  sixty (60) days after
receipt of the notice  issued by the  Company.  Said  petition  shall  state the
specific reasons which the Claimant  believes entitle Claimant to benefits or to
greater or  different  benefits.  Within  sixty  (60) days after  receipt by the
Company of the petition,  the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if
any) an opportunity to present  Claimant's  position to the Company orally or in
writing,  and the  Claimant  (or  counsel)  shall  have the right to review  the
pertinent  documents.  The Company  shall notify the Claimant of its decision in
writing  within the  sixty-day  period,  stating  specifically  the basis of its
decision,  written in a manner  calculated  to be understood by the Claimant and
the specific  provisions  of the  Agreement on which the decision is based.  If,
because of the need for a hearing,  the sixty-day period is not sufficient,  the
decision may be deferred for up to another  sixty-day  period at the election of
the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.

         6.3 Claims for Benefits  Conditioned on the Payment  Insurance.  Should
the Executive or the Executive's  beneficiary be denied a benefit  hereunder due
to operation of paragraph 5.4 hereof based upon refusal of an insurance  company
to make payment  under a policy owned and  benefiting  the Company,  the Company
will either allow the Executive or the  Executive's  beneficiary  to join in any
claim or action commenced by the Company under the Policy or take such action as
may be required that would permit the Executive or the  Executive's  beneficiary
to contest the refusal of the Insurance Company to make payment.


                                    Article 7
                           Amendments and Termination

         This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement
signed by the Company and the Executive.


                                    Article 8
                                  Miscellaneous

         8.1 Binding  Effect.  This  Agreement  shall bind the Executive and the
Company,   and   their   beneficiaries,    survivors,   executors,   successors,
administrators and transferees.

         8.2 No Guarantee of  Employment.  This  Agreement is not an  employment
policy  or  contract.  It does not give the  Executive  the  right to  remain an
employee of the  Company,  nor does it  interfere  with the  Company's  right to
discharge  the  Executive.  It also does not require the  Executive to remain an
employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any
time.

         8.3 Non-Transferability.  Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold,
transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.


                                                         7
<PAGE>
         8.4 Reorganization.  The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or
with another company, or reorganize,  or sell substantially all of its assets to
another company,  firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing  company,
firm or person  agrees to assume and discharge  the  obligations  of the Company
under this Agreement.  Upon the occurrence of such event,  the term "Company" as
used in this  Agreement  shall be deemed to refer to the  successor  or survivor
company.

         8.5 Tax  Withholding.  The Company  shall  withhold  any taxes that are
required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

         8.6  Applicable  Law. The Agreement and all rights  hereunder  shall be
governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of  Pennsylvania,  except to the extent
preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

         8.7 Unfunded  Arrangement.  The Executive and  beneficiary  are general
unsecured  creditors  of the  Company  for the  payment of  benefits  under this
Agreement.  The benefits  represent  the mere promise by the Company to pay such
benefits.  The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation,
alienation,  sale, transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance,  attachment, or
garnishment  by creditors.  Any insurance on the  Executive's  life is a general
asset of the Company to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or
secured claim.

         8.8  Recovery of Estate  Taxes.  If the  Executive's  gross  estate for
federal estate tax purposes  includes any amount  determined by reference to and
on  account  of  this  Agreement,  and if the  beneficiary  is  other  than  the
Executive's  estate,  then the  Executive's  estate shall be entitled to recover
from the beneficiary receiving such benefit under the terms of the Agreement, an
amount by which the total estate tax due by the Executive's estate,  exceeds the
total  estate tax which would have been payable if the value of such benefit had
not been included in the  Executive's  gross  estate.  If there is more than one
person receiving such benefit,  the right of recovery shall be against each such
person. In the event the beneficiary has a liability hereunder,  the beneficiary
may  petition  the Company for a lump sum payment in an amount not to exceed the
beneficiary's liability hereunder.

         8.9 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire agreement
between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights
are  granted  to the  Executive  by virtue of this  Agreement  other  than those
specifically set forth herein.

         8.10 Administration.  The Company shall have powers which are necessary
to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

                  8.10.1   Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement;

                  8.10.2  Establishing and revising the method of accounting for
         the Agreement;

                  8.10.3   Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

                                                         8
<PAGE>
                  8.10.4  Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary
         or desirable to administer the Agreement.

         8.11  Designated  Fiduciary.  For purposes of the  Employee  Retirement
Income  Security  Act of 1974,  if  applicable,  the Company  shall be the named
fiduciary and plan  administrator  under the Agreement.  The named fiduciary may
delegate  to  others   certain   aspects  of  the   management   and   operation
responsibilities  of the plan  including  the  employment  of  advisors  and the
delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Company officer
have signed this Agreement.

EXECUTIVE:                          CORPORATION:

                                    FIDELITY BANCORP, INC.


/s/William L. Windisch              By /s/Richard G. Spencer
- ----------------------                 ---------------------
William L. Windisch
                                    Title Vice President and C.F.O.



                                    COMPANY:

                                    FIDELITY BANK PaSB



                                    By /s/Richard G. Spencer
                                       ---------------------
                                    Title Executive Vice President and C.F.O.


                                                         9








                                  EXHIBIT 10.9


<PAGE>



                               FIDELITY BANK PaSB
                          SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

         THIS  AGREEMENT is made this 27th day of March,  1998,  to be effective
January 1, 1998, by and between FIDELITY BANCORP, INC., a Pennsylvania-chartered
bank holding  company  (the  "Corporation"),  FIDELITY  BANK PaSB, a State Stock
Savings Bank located in Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania (the "Company") and RICHARD G.
SPENCER (the "Executive").


                                  INTRODUCTION


         To encourage  the  Executive to remain an employee of the Company,  the
Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The
Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.


AGREEMENT

         The Executive and the Company agree as follows:


                                    Article 1
                                   Definitions

         1.1 Definitions.  Whenever used in this Agreement,  the following words
and phrases shall have themeanings specified:

                  1.1.1  "Change of Control"  means that the  Executive has been
         terminated  within 12 months of a change in  control  of a nature  that
         would be  required  to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule
         14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of
         1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")  or any  successor  thereto;
         provided that, without  limitations,  such a change in control shall be
         deemed to have  occurred if (A) any  "person"  (as such term is used in
         Sections  13(d)  and  14(d)  of the  Exchange  Act) is or  becomes  the
         "beneficial  owner" (as defined in rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act),
         directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Corporation  representing
         25% or more of the  combined  voting  power of the  Corporation's  then
         outstanding  securities,  or (B) during  any period of two  consecutive
         years,  individuals who at the beginning of such period  constitute the
         Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation  cease  for  any  reason  to
         constitute at least a majority  thereof,  unless the  election,  or the
         nomination for election by stockholders, of each director who was not a
         director at the  beginning of such period has been  approved in advance
         by directors  representing at least two-thirds of the directors then in
         office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

                                                         1
<PAGE>
                  1.1.2  "Code"  means the  lnternal  Revenue  Code of l986,  as
         amended.

                  1.1.3  "Disability"  means,  if the  Executive is covered by a
         Company- sponsored  disability  policy,  total disability as defined in
         such policy without regard to any waiting  period.  If the Executive is
         not covered by such a policy,  Disability means the Executive suffering
         a sickness,  accident or injury  which,  in the judgment of a physician
         satisfactory  to the Company,  prevents the Executive  from  performing
         substantially all of the Executive's normal duties for the Company.  As
         a condition to any  benefits,  the Company may require the Executive to
         submit  to  such  physical  or  mental  evaluations  and  tests  as the
         Company's Board of Directors deems appropriate.

                  1.1.4   "Early   Retirement   Age"  means  the  later  of  the
         Executive's  55th  birthday  or the  Executive's  age after  completing
         fifteen (15) Years of Service.

                  1.1.5 "Early Retirement Date" means the month, day and year in
         which Early Retirement occurs.

                  1.1.6 "Early  Termination" means the Termination of Employment
         before Early  Retirement Age for reasons other than death,  Disability,
         Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.

                  1.1.7 "Early  Termination  Date" means the month, day and year
         in which Early Termination occurs.

                  1.1.8  "Normal  Retirement  Age"  means the  Executive's  65th
         birthday.

                  1.1.9 "Normal  Retirement  Date" means the later of the Normal
         Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

                  1.1.10 "Plan Year" means a twelve-month  period  commencing on
         January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year. The initial Plan Year
         shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement.

                  1.1.11   "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.2.

                  1.1.12  "Termination  of Employment"  means that the Executive
         ceases to be employed by the  Company for any reason  whatsoever  other
         than by reason of a leave of absence  which is approved by the Company.
         For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  if  there  is a  dispute  over  the
         employment  status  of the  Executive  or the  date of the  Executive's
         Termination of Employment, the Company shall have the sole and absolute
         right to decide the dispute.

                                                         2
<PAGE>
                  1.1.13  "Year of  Service"  means each  computation  period of
         twelve  consecutive  months during which the Executive is employed on a
         full-time  basis by the Company,  inclusive  of any  approved  leave of
         absence.   The  initial   computation  period  shall  commence  on  the
         Executive's date of employment and end twelve months thereafter.


                                    Article 2
                                Lifetime Benefits

         2.1 Normal  Retirement  Benefit.  Upon  Termination of Employment on or
after the Normal  Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall
pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any
other benefit under this Agreement.

                  2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section
         2.1 is $41,000  (Forty-one  Thousand  Dollars).  The Company's Board of
         Directors, in its sole discretion,  may increase the benefit under this
         Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of
         Schedule A.

                  2.1.2  Payment of Benefit.  The  Company  shall pay the annual
         benefit to the  Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments  payable on
         the first day of each  month  commencing  with the  month  following  a
         period of sixty (60) days after the Executive's  Normal Retirement Date
         and continuing for 179 additional months.

         2.2 Early Retirement Benefit. Upon Early Retirement,  the Company shall
pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any
other benefit under this Agreement.

                  2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is
         the Early  Retirement  amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year
         ending immediately prior to the Early Retirement Date.

                  2.2.2  Payment of Benefit.  The  Company  shall pay the annual
         benefit to the  Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments  payable on
         the first day of each  month  commencing  with the  month  following  a
         period of 60 days after said  Termination  of Employment and continuing
         for 179 months.

         2.3 Early Termination Benefit. If the Executive  terminates  employment
prior to Early Retirement Age, other than by reason of death or Disability,  the
Executive will not be entitled to a benefit under this Agreement.  However,  the
Company's Board of Directors,  in its sole discretion,  may provide a benefit to
the Executive upon Early Termination.

         2.4 Disability Benefit. If the Executive  terminates  employment due to
Disability  prior  to  Normal  Retirement  Age,  the  Company  shall  pay to the
Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit
under this Agreement.

                                                         3
<PAGE>
                  2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is
         the Disability  amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending
         immediately  prior  to the  date in  which  Termination  of  Employment
         occurs.

                  2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to
         the  Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the month  following a
         period of ninety (90) days after said Termination of Employment.

         2.5 Change of Control  Benefit.  Upon a Change of Control,  the Company
shall pay to the Executive the benefit  described in this Section 2.5 in lieu of
any other benefit under this Agreement.

                  2.5.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.5 is
         the Change of Control  amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year
         ending immediately prior to the date in which Termination of Employment
         occurs.

                  2.5.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to
         the  Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the month  following a
         period of sixty (60) days after said Termination of Employment.



                                    Article 3
                                 Death Benefits

         3.1 Death During Active  Service.  If the  Executive  dies while in the
         active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive's
         beneficiary  the benefit  described in this  Section 3.1.  This benefit
         shall be paid in lieu of the Lifetime Benefits of Article 2.

                  3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section
         3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

                  3.1.2  Payment of Benefit.  The  Company  shall pay the annual
         benefit to the beneficiary in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on
         the first day of each  month  commencing  with the  month  following  a
         period of sixty (60) days after the  Executive's  death and  continuing
         for 179 additional months.

         3.2 Death  During  Benefit  Period.  If the  Executive  dies  after the
benefit  payments have commenced  under this Agreement but before  receiving all
such payments,  the Company shall pay the remaining  benefits to the Executive's
beneficiary  at the same time and in the same  amounts they would have been paid
to the Executive had the Executive survived.

         3.3 Death  Following  Termination  of  Employment  But Before  Benefits
Commence.  If the Executive is entitled to benefits  under this  Agreement,  but
dies prior to receiving said benefits, the

                                                         4
<PAGE>
Company shall pay to the Executive's  beneficiary the same benefits, in the same
manner,  they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive  survived;
however, said benefit payments will commence upon the Executive's death.


                                    Article 4
                                  Beneficiaries

         4.1   Beneficiary   Designations.   The  Executive  shall  designate  a
beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company.  The Executive may
revoke  or  modify  the  designation  at any time by  filing a new  designation.
However,  designations  will only be  effective if signed by the  Executive  and
accepted  by the  Company  during  the  Executive's  lifetime.  The  Executive's
beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary
predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and
the marriage is  subsequently  dissolved.  If the Executive dies without a valid
beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

         4.2  Facility  of  Payment.  If a benefit is  payable to a minor,  to a
person  declared  incapacitated,  or  to a  person  incapable  of  handling  the
disposition  of his or her  property,  the Company  may pay such  benefit to the
guardian,  legal  representative  or person  having  the care or custody of such
minor,  incapacitated  person or incapable person. The Company may require proof
of incapacity,  minority or  guardianship  as it may deem  appropriate  prior to
distribution of the benefit.  Such distribution  shall completely  discharge the
Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

                                    Article 5
                               General Limitations

         Notwithstanding  any provision of this  Agreement to the contrary,  the
Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement:

         5.1 Excess Parachute Payment. To the extent the benefit would create an
excise tax under the excess parachute rules of Section 28OG of the Code.

         5.2 Termination  for Cause.  If the Company  terminates the Executive's
employment for:

                  5.2.1    Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

                  5.2.2  Commission  of  a  felony  or  of a  gross  misdemeanor
         involving moral turpitude; or


                                                         5
<PAGE>
                  5.2.3 Fraud,  disloyalty,  dishonesty or willful  violation of
                  any law or significant  Company policy committed in connection
                  with the  Executive's  employment  and resulting in an adverse
                  effect on the Company.

         5.3 Competition After  Termination of Employment.  No benefits shall be
payable if the  Executive,  without the prior  written  consent of the  Company,
engages in, becomes interested in, directly or indirectly, as a sole proprietor,
as a partner in a partnership, or as a substantial shareholder in a corporation,
or becomes  associated  with,  in the capacity of employee,  director,  officer,
principal,  agent, trustee or in any other capacity  whatsoever,  any enterprise
conducted in the trading area (a 50 mile radius) of the business of the Company,
which enterprise is, or may deemed to be,  competitive with any business carried
on by the Company as of the date of the Executive's retirement or Termination of
Employment. This section shall not apply following a Change of Control.

         5.4  Suicide  or  Misstatement.  No  benefits  shall be  payable if the
Executive commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement,  or
if the Executive has made any material  misstatement  of fact on any application
for  life  insurance  purchased  by the  Company.  In  addition  to  and  not as
limitation of the  preceding,  should the Company  acquire a policy of insurance
for the purpose of protecting the Company as to the financial  risks incident to
it  entering  into the  Salary  Continuation  Agreement  and the  Executive  has
knowledge of such fact, no benefit  shall be payable to the Executive  hereunder
in an amount that would exceed the amount provided by the policy of insurance as
a result of the event that would cause benefits to be payable hereunder.


                                    Article 6
                          Claims and Review Procedures

         6.1 Claims  Procedure.  The Company  shall  notify any person or entity
that makes a claim against the Agreement  (the  "Claimant")  in writing,  within
ninety (90) days of Claimant's written  application for benefits,  of Claimant's
eligibility or  ineligibility  for benefits under the Agreement.  If the Company
determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits,  the
notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial,  (2) a specific
reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a
description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant
to perfect  Claimant's  claim and a description of why it is needed,  and (4) an
explanation  of the  Agreement's  claim review  procedure and other  appropriate
information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim
reviewed.  If the  Company  determines  that  there  are  special  circumstances
requiring  additional  time to make a  decision,  the Company  shall  notify the
Claimant  of the  special  circumstances  and the  date by which a  decision  is
expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional  ninety-day
period.

         6.2 Review Procedure.  If the Claimant is determined by the Company not
to be eligible  for  benefits,  or if the  Claimant  believes  that  Claimant is
entitled to greater or different benefits, the

                                                         6
<PAGE>
Claimant  shall have the  opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company
by filing a petition  for review with the Company  within  sixty (60) days after
receipt of the notice  issued by the  Company.  Said  petition  shall  state the
specific reasons which the Claimant  believes entitle Claimant to benefits or to
greater or  different  benefits.  Within  sixty  (60) days after  receipt by the
Company of the petition,  the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if
any) an opportunity to present  Claimant's  position to the Company orally or in
writing,  and the  Claimant  (or  counsel)  shall  have the right to review  the
pertinent  documents.  The Company  shall notify the Claimant of its decision in
writing  within the  sixty-day  period,  stating  specifically  the basis of its
decision,  written in a manner  calculated  to be understood by the Claimant and
the specific  provisions  of the  Agreement on which the decision is based.  If,
because of the need for a hearing,  the sixty-day period is not sufficient,  the
decision may be deferred for up to another  sixty-day  period at the election of
the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.

         6.3 Claims for Benefits  Conditioned on the Payment  Insurance.  Should
the Executive or the Executive's  beneficiary be denied a benefit  hereunder due
to operation of paragraph 5.4 hereof based upon refusal of an insurance  company
to make payment  under a policy owned and  benefiting  the Company,  the Company
will either allow the Executive or the  Executive's  beneficiary  to join in any
claim or action commenced by the Company under the Policy or take such action as
may be required that would permit the Executive or the  Executive's  beneficiary
to contest the refusal of the Insurance Company to make payment.


                                    Article 7
                           Amendments and Termination

         This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement
signed by the Company and the Executive.


                                    Article 8
                                  Miscellaneous

         8.1 Binding  Effect.  This  Agreement  shall bind the Executive and the
Company,   and   their   beneficiaries,    survivors,   executors,   successors,
administrators and transferees.

         8.2 No Guarantee of  Employment.  This  Agreement is not an  employment
policy  or  contract.  It does not give the  Executive  the  right to  remain an
employee of the  Company,  nor does it  interfere  with the  Company's  right to
discharge  the  Executive.  It also does not require the  Executive to remain an
employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any
time.

         8.3 Non-Transferability.  Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold,
transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.


                                                         7
<PAGE>
         8.4 Reorganization.  The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or
with another company, or reorganize,  or sell substantially all of its assets to
another company,  firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing  company,
firm or person  agrees to assume and discharge  the  obligations  of the Company
under this Agreement.  Upon the occurrence of such event,  the term "Company" as
used in this  Agreement  shall be deemed to refer to the  successor  or survivor
company.

         8.5 Tax  Withholding.  The Company  shall  withhold  any taxes that are
required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

         8.6  Applicable  Law. The Agreement and all rights  hereunder  shall be
governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of  Pennsylvania,  except to the extent
preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

         8.7 Unfunded  Arrangement.  The Executive and  beneficiary  are general
unsecured  creditors  of the  Company  for the  payment of  benefits  under this
Agreement.  The benefits  represent  the mere promise by the Company to pay such
benefits.  The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation,
alienation,  sale, transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance,  attachment, or
garnishment  by creditors.  Any insurance on the  Executive's  life is a general
asset of the Company to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or
secured claim.

         8.8  Recovery of Estate  Taxes.  If the  Executive's  gross  estate for
federal estate tax purposes  includes any amount  determined by reference to and
on  account  of  this  Agreement,  and if the  beneficiary  is  other  than  the
Executive's  estate,  then the  Executive's  estate shall be entitled to recover
from the beneficiary receiving such benefit under the terms of the Agreement, an
amount by which the total estate tax due by the Executive's estate,  exceeds the
total  estate tax which would have been payable if the value of such benefit had
not been included in the  Executive's  gross  estate.  If there is more than one
person receiving such benefit,  the right of recovery shall be against each such
person. In the event the beneficiary has a liability hereunder,  the beneficiary
may  petition  the Company for a lump sum payment in an amount not to exceed the
beneficiary's liability hereunder.

         8.9 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire agreement
between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights
are  granted  to the  Executive  by virtue of this  Agreement  other  than those
specifically set forth herein.

         8.10 Administration.  The Company shall have powers which are necessary
to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

                  8.10.1   Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement;

                  8.10.2  Establishing and revising the method of accounting for
         the Agreement;

                  8.10.3   Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

                                                         8
<PAGE>
                  8.10.4  Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary
         or desirable to administer the Agreement.

         8.11  Designated  Fiduciary.  For purposes of the  Employee  Retirement
Income  Security  Act of 1974,  if  applicable,  the Company  shall be the named
fiduciary and plan  administrator  under the Agreement.  The named fiduciary may
delegate  to  others   certain   aspects  of  the   management   and   operation
responsibilities  of the plan  including  the  employment  of  advisors  and the
delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Company officer
have signed this Agreement.

EXECUTIVE:                               CORPORATION:

                                         FIDELITY BANCORP, INC.


/s/Richard G. Spencer                    By /s/William L. Windisch
- ---------------------                       ----------------------
Richard G. Spencer                       Title President



                                         COMPANY:

                                         FIDELITY BANK PaSB



                                         By /s/William L. Windisch
                                            ----------------------
                                         Title President


                                                         9














                                  EXHIBIT 10.10


<PAGE>



                               FIDELITY BANK PaSB
                          SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

         THIS  AGREEMENT is made this 30th day of March,  1998,  to be effective
January 1, 1998, by and between FIDELITY BANCORP, INC., a Pennsylvania-chartered
bank holding  company  (the  "Corporation"),  FIDELITY  BANK PaSB, a State Stock
Savings Bank located in Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania (the "Company") and MICHAEL A.
MOONEY (the "Executive").


                                  INTRODUCTION


         To encourage  the  Executive to remain an employee of the Company,  the
Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The
Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.


AGREEMENT

         The Executive and the Company agree as follows:


                                    Article 1
                                   Definitions

         1.1 Definitions.  Whenever used in this Agreement,  the following words
and phrases shall have themeanings specified:

                  1.1.1  "Change of Control"  means that the  Executive has been
         terminated  within 12 months of a change in  control  of a nature  that
         would be  required  to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule
         14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of
         1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act")  or any  successor  thereto;
         provided that, without  limitations,  such a change in control shall be
         deemed to have  occurred if (A) any  "person"  (as such term is used in
         Sections  13(d)  and  14(d)  of the  Exchange  Act) is or  becomes  the
         "beneficial  owner" (as defined in rule 13d-3 under the Exchange  Act),
         directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Corporation  representing
         25% or more of the  combined  voting  power of the  Corporation's  then
         outstanding  securities,  or (B) during  any period of two  consecutive
         years,  individuals who at the beginning of such period  constitute the
         Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation  cease  for  any  reason  to
         constitute at least a majority  thereof,  unless the  election,  or the
         nomination for election by stockholders, of each director who was not a
         director at the  beginning of such period has been  approved in advance
         by directors  representing at least two-thirds of the directors then in
         office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

                                                         1
<PAGE>
                  1.1.2  "Code"  means the  lnternal  Revenue  Code of l986,  as
         amended.

                  1.1.3  "Disability"  means,  if the  Executive is covered by a
         Company- sponsored  disability  policy,  total disability as defined in
         such policy without regard to any waiting  period.  If the Executive is
         not covered by such a policy,  Disability means the Executive suffering
         a sickness,  accident or injury  which,  in the judgment of a physician
         satisfactory  to the Company,  prevents the Executive  from  performing
         substantially all of the Executive's normal duties for the Company.  As
         a condition to any  benefits,  the Company may require the Executive to
         submit  to  such  physical  or  mental  evaluations  and  tests  as the
         Company's Board of Directors deems appropriate.

                  1.1.4   "Early   Retirement   Age"  means  the  later  of  the
         Executive's  55th  birthday  or the  Executive's  age after  completing
         fifteen (15) Years of Service.

                  1.1.5 "Early Retirement Date" means the month, day and year in
         which Early Retirement occurs.

                  1.1.6 "Early  Termination" means the Termination of Employment
         before Early  Retirement Age for reasons other than death,  Disability,
         Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.

                  1.1.7 "Early  Termination  Date" means the month, day and year
         in which Early Termination occurs.

                  1.1.8  "Normal  Retirement  Age"  means the  Executive's  65th
         birthday.

                  1.1.9 "Normal  Retirement  Date" means the later of the Normal
         Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

                  1.1.10 "Plan Year" means a twelve-month  period  commencing on
         January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year. The initial Plan Year
         shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement.

                  1.1.11   "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.2.

                  1.1.12  "Termination  of Employment"  means that the Executive
         ceases to be employed by the  Company for any reason  whatsoever  other
         than by reason of a leave of absence  which is approved by the Company.
         For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  if  there  is a  dispute  over  the
         employment  status  of the  Executive  or the  date of the  Executive's
         Termination of Employment, the Company shall have the sole and absolute
         right to decide the dispute.

                                                         2
<PAGE>
                  1.1.13  "Year of  Service"  means each  computation  period of
         twelve  consecutive  months during which the Executive is employed on a
         full-time  basis by the Company,  inclusive  of any  approved  leave of
         absence.   The  initial   computation  period  shall  commence  on  the
         Executive's date of employment and end twelve months thereafter.


                                    Article 2
                                Lifetime Benefits

         2.1 Normal  Retirement  Benefit.  Upon  Termination of Employment on or
after the Normal  Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall
pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any
other benefit under this Agreement.

                  2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section
         2.1 is $75,000 (Seventy-five  Thousand Dollars). The Company's Board of
         Directors, in its sole discretion,  may increase the benefit under this
         Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of
         Schedule A.

                  2.1.2  Payment of Benefit.  The  Company  shall pay the annual
         benefit to the  Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments  payable on
         the first day of each  month  commencing  with the  month  following  a
         period of sixty (60) days after the Executive's  Normal Retirement Date
         and continuing for 179 additional months.

         2.2 Early Retirement Benefit. Upon Early Retirement,  the Company shall
pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any
other benefit under this Agreement.

                  2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is
         the Early  Retirement  amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year
         ending immediately prior to the Early Retirement Date.

                  2.2.2  Payment of Benefit.  The  Company  shall pay the annual
         benefit to the  Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments  payable on
         the first day of each  month  commencing  with the  month  following  a
         period of 60 days after said  Termination  of Employment and continuing
         for 179 months.

         2.3 Early Termination Benefit. If the Executive  terminates  employment
prior to Early Retirement Age, other than by reason of death or Disability,  the
Executive will not be entitled to a benefit under this Agreement.  However,  the
Company's Board of Directors,  in its sole discretion,  may provide a benefit to
the Executive upon Early Termination.

         2.4 Disability Benefit. If the Executive  terminates  employment due to
Disability  prior  to  Normal  Retirement  Age,  the  Company  shall  pay to the
Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit
under this Agreement.

                                                         3
<PAGE>
                  2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is
         the Disability  amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year ending
         immediately  prior  to the  date in  which  Termination  of  Employment
         occurs.

                  2.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to
         the  Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the month  following a
         period of ninety (90) days after said Termination of Employment.

         2.5 Change of Control  Benefit.  Upon a Change of Control,  the Company
shall pay to the Executive the benefit  described in this Section 2.5 in lieu of
any other benefit under this Agreement.

                  2.5.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.5 is
         the Change of Control  amount set forth in Schedule A for the Plan Year
         ending immediately prior to the date in which Termination of Employment
         occurs.

                  2.5.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to
         the  Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the month  following a
         period of sixty (60) days after said Termination of Employment.



                                    Article 3
                                 Death Benefits

         3.1 Death During Active  Service.  If the  Executive  dies while in the
         active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive's
         beneficiary  the benefit  described in this  Section 3.1.  This benefit
         shall be paid in lieu of the Lifetime Benefits of Article 2.

                  3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section
         3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

                  3.1.2  Payment of Benefit.  The  Company  shall pay the annual
         benefit to the beneficiary in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on
         the first day of each  month  commencing  with the  month  following  a
         period of sixty (60) days after the  Executive's  death and  continuing
         for 179 additional months.

         3.2 Death  During  Benefit  Period.  If the  Executive  dies  after the
benefit  payments have commenced  under this Agreement but before  receiving all
such payments,  the Company shall pay the remaining  benefits to the Executive's
beneficiary  at the same time and in the same  amounts they would have been paid
to the Executive had the Executive survived.

         3.3 Death  Following  Termination  of  Employment  But Before  Benefits
Commence.  If the Executive is entitled to benefits  under this  Agreement,  but
dies prior to receiving said benefits, the

                                                         4
<PAGE>
Company shall pay to the Executive's  beneficiary the same benefits, in the same
manner,  they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive  survived;
however, said benefit payments will commence upon the Executive's death.


                                    Article 4
                                  Beneficiaries

         4.1   Beneficiary   Designations.   The  Executive  shall  designate  a
beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company.  The Executive may
revoke  or  modify  the  designation  at any time by  filing a new  designation.
However,  designations  will only be  effective if signed by the  Executive  and
accepted  by the  Company  during  the  Executive's  lifetime.  The  Executive's
beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary
predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and
the marriage is  subsequently  dissolved.  If the Executive dies without a valid
beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

         4.2  Facility  of  Payment.  If a benefit is  payable to a minor,  to a
person  declared  incapacitated,  or  to a  person  incapable  of  handling  the
disposition  of his or her  property,  the Company  may pay such  benefit to the
guardian,  legal  representative  or person  having  the care or custody of such
minor,  incapacitated  person or incapable person. The Company may require proof
of incapacity,  minority or  guardianship  as it may deem  appropriate  prior to
distribution of the benefit.  Such distribution  shall completely  discharge the
Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.


                                    Article 5
                               General Limitations

         Notwithstanding  any provision of this  Agreement to the contrary,  the
Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement:

         5.1 Excess Parachute Payment. To the extent the benefit would create an
excise tax under the excess parachute rules of Section 28OG of the Code.

         5.2 Termination  for Cause.  If the Company  terminates the Executive's
         employment for:

                  5.2.1    Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

                  5.2.2  Commission  of  a  felony  or  of a  gross  misdemeanor
         involving moral turpitude; or


                                                         5
<PAGE>
                  5.2.3 Fraud,  disloyalty,  dishonesty or willful  violation of
                  any law or significant  Company policy committed in connection
                  with the  Executive's  employment  and resulting in an adverse
                  effect on the Company.

         5.3 Competition After  Termination of Employment.  No benefits shall be
payable if the  Executive,  without the prior  written  consent of the  Company,
engages in, becomes interested in, directly or indirectly, as a sole proprietor,
as a partner in a partnership, or as a substantial shareholder in a corporation,
or becomes  associated  with,  in the capacity of employee,  director,  officer,
principal,  agent, trustee or in any other capacity  whatsoever,  any enterprise
conducted in the trading area (a 50 mile radius) of the business of the Company,
which enterprise is, or may deemed to be,  competitive with any business carried
on by the Company as of the date of the Executive's retirement or Termination of
Employment. This section shall not apply following a Change of Control.

         5.4  Suicide  or  Misstatement.  No  benefits  shall be  payable if the
Executive commits suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement,  or
if the Executive has made any material  misstatement  of fact on any application
for  life  insurance  purchased  by the  Company.  In  addition  to  and  not as
limitation of the  preceding,  should the Company  acquire a policy of insurance
for the purpose of protecting the Company as to the financial  risks incident to
it  entering  into the  Salary  Continuation  Agreement  and the  Executive  has
knowledge of such fact, no benefit  shall be payable to the Executive  hereunder
in an amount that would exceed the amount provided by the policy of insurance as
a result of the event that would cause benefits to be payable hereunder.


                                    Article 6
                          Claims and Review Procedures

         6.1 Claims  Procedure.  The Company  shall  notify any person or entity
that makes a claim against the Agreement  (the  "Claimant")  in writing,  within
ninety (90) days of Claimant's written  application for benefits,  of Claimant's
eligibility or  ineligibility  for benefits under the Agreement.  If the Company
determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits,  the
notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such denial,  (2) a specific
reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, (3) a
description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant
to perfect  Claimant's  claim and a description of why it is needed,  and (4) an
explanation  of the  Agreement's  claim review  procedure and other  appropriate
information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim
reviewed.  If the  Company  determines  that  there  are  special  circumstances
requiring  additional  time to make a  decision,  the Company  shall  notify the
Claimant  of the  special  circumstances  and the  date by which a  decision  is
expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional  ninety-day
period.

         6.2 Review Procedure.  If the Claimant is determined by the Company not
to be eligible  for  benefits,  or if the  Claimant  believes  that  Claimant is
entitled to greater or different benefits, the

                                                         6
<PAGE>
Claimant  shall have the  opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company
by filing a petition  for review with the Company  within  sixty (60) days after
receipt of the notice  issued by the  Company.  Said  petition  shall  state the
specific reasons which the Claimant  believes entitle Claimant to benefits or to
greater or  different  benefits.  Within  sixty  (60) days after  receipt by the
Company of the petition,  the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if
any) an opportunity to present  Claimant's  position to the Company orally or in
writing,  and the  Claimant  (or  counsel)  shall  have the right to review  the
pertinent  documents.  The Company  shall notify the Claimant of its decision in
writing  within the  sixty-day  period,  stating  specifically  the basis of its
decision,  written in a manner  calculated  to be understood by the Claimant and
the specific  provisions  of the  Agreement on which the decision is based.  If,
because of the need for a hearing,  the sixty-day period is not sufficient,  the
decision may be deferred for up to another  sixty-day  period at the election of
the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.

         6.3 Claims for Benefits  Conditioned on the Payment  Insurance.  Should
the Executive or the Executive's  beneficiary be denied a benefit  hereunder due
to operation of paragraph 5.4 hereof based upon refusal of an insurance  company
to make payment  under a policy owned and  benefiting  the Company,  the Company
will either allow the Executive or the  Executive's  beneficiary  to join in any
claim or action commenced by the Company under the Policy or take such action as
may be required that would permit the Executive or the  Executive's  beneficiary
to contest the refusal of the Insurance Company to make payment.


                                    Article 7
                           Amendments and Termination

         This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement
signed by the Company and the Executive.


                                    Article 8
                                  Miscellaneous

         8.1 Binding  Effect.  This  Agreement  shall bind the Executive and the
Company,   and   their   beneficiaries,    survivors,   executors,   successors,
administrators and transferees.

         8.2 No Guarantee of  Employment.  This  Agreement is not an  employment
policy  or  contract.  It does not give the  Executive  the  right to  remain an
employee of the  Company,  nor does it  interfere  with the  Company's  right to
discharge  the  Executive.  It also does not require the  Executive to remain an
employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any
time.

         8.3 Non-Transferability.  Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold,
transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.


                                                         7
<PAGE>
         8.4 Reorganization.  The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or
with another company, or reorganize,  or sell substantially all of its assets to
another company,  firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing  company,
firm or person  agrees to assume and discharge  the  obligations  of the Company
under this Agreement.  Upon the occurrence of such event,  the term "Company" as
used in this  Agreement  shall be deemed to refer to the  successor  or survivor
company.

         8.5 Tax  Withholding.  The Company  shall  withhold  any taxes that are
required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

         8.6  Applicable  Law. The Agreement and all rights  hereunder  shall be
governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of  Pennsylvania,  except to the extent
preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

         8.7 Unfunded  Arrangement.  The Executive and  beneficiary  are general
unsecured  creditors  of the  Company  for the  payment of  benefits  under this
Agreement.  The benefits  represent  the mere promise by the Company to pay such
benefits.  The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation,
alienation,  sale, transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance,  attachment, or
garnishment  by creditors.  Any insurance on the  Executive's  life is a general
asset of the Company to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or
secured claim.

         8.8  Recovery of Estate  Taxes.  If the  Executive's  gross  estate for
federal estate tax purposes  includes any amount  determined by reference to and
on  account  of  this  Agreement,  and if the  beneficiary  is  other  than  the
Executive's  estate,  then the  Executive's  estate shall be entitled to recover
from the beneficiary receiving such benefit under the terms of the Agreement, an
amount by which the total estate tax due by the Executive's estate,  exceeds the
total  estate tax which would have been payable if the value of such benefit had
not been included in the  Executive's  gross  estate.  If there is more than one
person receiving such benefit,  the right of recovery shall be against each such
person. In the event the beneficiary has a liability hereunder,  the beneficiary
may  petition  the Company for a lump sum payment in an amount not to exceed the
beneficiary's liability hereunder.

         8.9 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire agreement
between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights
are  granted  to the  Executive  by virtue of this  Agreement  other  than those
specifically set forth herein.

         8.10 Administration.  The Company shall have powers which are necessary
to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

                  8.10.1   Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement;

                  8.10.2  Establishing and revising the method of accounting for
         the Agreement;

                  8.10.3 Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

                                                         8
<PAGE>
                  8.10.4  Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary
         or desirable to administer the Agreement.

         8.11  Designated  Fiduciary.  For purposes of the  Employee  Retirement
Income  Security  Act of 1974,  if  applicable,  the Company  shall be the named
fiduciary and plan  administrator  under the Agreement.  The named fiduciary may
delegate  to  others   certain   aspects  of  the   management   and   operation
responsibilities  of the plan  including  the  employment  of  advisors  and the
delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Company officer
have signed this Agreement.

EXECUTIVE:                             CORPORATION:

                                       FIDELITY BANCORP, INC.


/s/Michael A. Mooney                   By /s/William L. Windisch
- --------------------                      ----------------------
Michael A. Mooney                      Title President



                                       COMPANY:

                                       FIDELITY BANK PaSB



                                       By /s/William L. Windisch
                                          ----------------------
                                       Title President

                                                         9

                CORPORATE PROFILE, MISSION AND MISSION STATEMENT  



CORPORATE PROFILE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      FIDELITY  BANCORP,  INC. (the Company) is a bank holding company organized
      under the  Pennsylvania  Business  Corporation  Law. It was  organized  to
      operate  principally as a holding company for its wholly owned subsidiary,
      Fidelity   Bank  (the  Bank).   The  Bank  is  a   Pennsylvania-chartered,
      FDIC-insured stock savings bank conducting  business through eight offices
      located in Allegheny and Butler counties.


MISSION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      FIDELITY  BANK will offer its  consumer  and  commercial  customers a wide
      range of high quality,  fairly priced products and services. The Bank will
      be sensitive to changing  customer needs,  and will adapt its products and
      services quickly to satisfy the desires of its client base.


MISSION STATEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      The Board of Directors and Management  are dedicated to excellence  within
      community banking, which is best achieved through a commitment to:

            maximizing stockholder value, thereby assuring the financial success
            of the independent bank franchise

            ensuring  customer  satisfaction  by offering  quality  products and
            services that are delivered in an efficient and convenient manner

            the employment and retention of a competent and dedicated staff

            the communities served by Fidelity Bank.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS AND CORPORATE INFORMATION



FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             At or For the
                                                                                   Fiscal Years Ended September 30,
(in thousands, except per share data and percentages)                                  1998                1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>                  <C>      
Total assets                                                                         $406,030             $380,964
Total savings deposits                                                                261,735              244,192
Total loans receivable, net                                                           218,892              182,869
Total stockholders' equity                                                             29,021               25,881
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income                                                                  $ 10,683             $ 10,081
Provision for loan losses                                                                 405                  500
Net income                                                                              2,925                2,719
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Diluted earnings per share(1)                                                        $   1.44%            $   1.37%
Book value per share(1)                                                                 14.67%               13.32%
Average interest rate spread                                                             2.74%                2.99%
Return on average assets                                                                  .74%                 .80%
Return on average stockholders' equity                                                  10.64%               11.42%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common shares outstanding1                                                          1,978,543            1,943,469 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     (1) Per share  amounts  and common  shares  outstanding  were  restated  to
reflect the 25% stock split paid on March 31, 1998.





[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING RETURN ON EQUITY]
[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING EARNINGS PER SHARE (Diluted)]
[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING STOCK PRICE]
[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING BOOK VALUE PER SHARE]
<PAGE>
                               TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS

I am pleased  to report  that 1998 was a year  filled  with  accomplishment  and
growth. The year presented many challenges,  and one of the most significant was
caused by the  substantial  decline in interest  rates.  This  decline  caused a
narrowing of our net interest  margin to 2.93%.  Even though the interest margin
narrowed,  net earnings reached an all time high of slightly under $3 million, a
growth of  approximately  7.6%. In addition to net earnings,  we achieved record
highs in several other significant areas. Year end assets exceeded $406 million,
a growth of approximately 6.6%; deposits experienced an approximate growth of 7%
to $262 million;  and loans experienced a growth of approximately 20% ending the
year at $219 million.  The growth in loans was  principally  responsible for the
record earnings. In addition to the achievements  described above, asset quality
continued to improve throughout 1998. At the end of fiscal 1997,  non-performing
loans and real estate owned were .29% of assets. By the end of fiscal 1998, this
ratio had declined to .14%. This means that while the loan portfolio grew by $36
million,  non-performing  loans and real estate  owned  declined by $.5 million.
Concurrent with the $36 million in loan growth,  the allowance for possible loan
losses to net loans  remained above 1.0%,  declining  slightly from 1.06% at the
end of last year to 1.02% at the end of this year.

[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING NET INCOME]
[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING RETURN ON ASSETS]
[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING NON-PERFORMING ASSETS]


For the 10th consecutive year the Company has paid uninterrupted  quarterly cash
dividends.  Additionally, a 25% stock split was paid on March 31, 1998. The cash
dividend of $.09 per share was maintained  throughout the year,  both before and
after the split. This gave an effective cash dividend yield of 2%.  Shareholders
are aware that this was a very turbulent year for the stock market.  Bank stocks
were directly affected by the turbulence.  Our stock opened the fiscal year at a
fraction  below 18,  reached a high of 28 on May 15, and then  declined to 20 at
fiscal year end.  These  figures are adjusted to reflect the stock  split.  When
considering both the cash dividend and market appreciation,  investors earned an
annualized total return of 12%.

A key focus of the Bank's strategic business plan for a number of years has been
to make  the Bank a full  financial  services  provider  to our  small  business
customers,  as well as our consumer  customers.  This year we are able to report
good  results in the small  business  area in both  commercial  loans and demand
deposits. Commercial loans, including commercial mortgages, and leases increased
to  approximately  $45 million  and now make up slightly  more than 19% of total
loans and  demand  deposits  grew  approximately  5%.  We have  also  introduced
commercial  equipment  leasing,  which 


2
<PAGE>
has had a very positive impact on our earnings.  The Bank is now well positioned
to meet  all of the  financial  needs  of the  small  businesses  in our  market
communities.


[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING ASSETS]
[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING LOANS]
[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING DEPOSITS]


In our continuing  effort to further  strengthen our commercial  presence in the
community,  the Bank  opened  its ninth  branch  office in the  Pittsburgh  area
commonly known as the "Strip  District" on October 1, 1998. This is a commercial
area largely populated by wholesale and retail food businesses and entertainment
facilities, along with a wide variety of professional, service, distribution and
light  manufacturing  companies.  Unlike our other branches,  which  principally
serve the local  residents in the  communities  surrounding  the branches,  this
newest office is targeting the businesses in the area and the employees of those
firms. We view this office as having unlimited opportunities to expand our small
business loan and demand deposit  portfolios and are looking  forward to meeting
the unique needs of this eclectic community.

Continuing  to move  toward  achieving  our goal of  becoming  a full  financial
services  provider,   the  Company  recently   introduced  the  Fidelity  Impact
Investments and Insurance  Services  program.  We can now offer to our customers
and the general  public  full  brokerage  service,  asset  allocation  programs,
retirement  plans,  and college  tuition  savings  plans,  as well as  insurance
services  including  life,  disability,  fixed and variable  annuities and other
insurance  alternatives.  This program also offers the sale of mutual funds, and
the purchase and sale of stocks and bonds.  These services are provided  through
Robert  Thomas  Securities,  a subsidiary of Raymond  James  Financial,  Inc., a
member of the National  Association of Securities Dealers (NASD).  Although this
service has been offered for only  several  months,  customer  response has been
very good and we anticipate substantial growth over the coming year.

In order to make our  customers'  banking  experience  as easy and  efficient as
possible,  we are continuing to expand the automated  services we offer. We have
implemented  an enhanced,  user  friendly  telephone  banking  system,  which is
available to both our  consumer and  commercial  customers.  This system  allows
customers to inquire into all of their  accounts and to transfer  funds  between
them.  Judging from the heavy usage this system gets,  customers  have  affirmed
that the ease and convenience of telephone banking is a service they appreciate.
We have also added two additional ATM's to our network with a third to be placed
in the near future. Now there is an ATM located in all of our branches except in
the Northway branch.  The Bank has had an internet site for several years. It is
presently being redesigned and will be completed in the near future.  One of the
goals to be  accomplished  with the new  design is to be able to offer  internet
banking.  A date  has not yet  been  established  for the  introduction  of this
service.

A new marketing tool, a Marketing  Central  Information  File, has recently been
installed to enhance our ability to do targeted marketing. Once all 

                                                                               3
<PAGE>
current  data is input into this  file,  we will have the  capability  to better
analyze our current  customer base and offer the types of specific  accounts and
services that are pertinent to each customer on an individual  basis.  We expect
this new marketing approach to be effective in elevating the level of service we
provide to existing customers and in promoting the development of new customers.

The approach of the year 2000 poses a potential problem to businesses in regards
to computer  readiness.  To become  Year 2000 (Y2K) ready means  simply that all
hardware, software,  processing systems, and vendors utilized by the Bank in its
operations  are able to correctly  process  without  error all  calculations  in
relation  to  dates  in and  after  the year  2000.  In May of 1997 we  formed a
committee  to identify  all areas of concern  and  develop a  Strategic  Plan to
insure that the Bank  computers  will be ready.  The Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  (FDIC), our Federal bank regulator,  has been consulting with us as
we work  toward  our  goal.  The  Plan  was  broken  down  into  five  areas  of
concentration: awareness, assessment, renovation, validation and implementation.
We have  completed the awareness  and  assessment  phases.  The  renovation  and
validation  phases are under way.  We expect to have these  areas  completed  by
March 31, 1999.  We are on schedule  towards  becoming  Year 2000 ready and will
continue to provide periodic progress reports to our shareholders.


[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY]
[GRAPHIC-CHART DEPICTING OPERATING EXPENSES AS A % OF AVERAGE ASSETS]


Looking back at the past year's  accomplishments,  I reflect upon the efforts of
the staff. The success we achieved was the result of a total team effort, one in
which every person played an important  part.  This hard working group of people
is totally  dedicated to the  accomplishments  of the Bank and I salute them for
their  loyalty.  Additionally,  what we  accomplished  would  not have  occurred
without the  complete  and total  support of the Board of  Directors.  I want to
thank both the Board and the staff for making 1998 a successful  year. This is a
fine team of people and I sincerely appreciate their efforts.

Each time we close out a fiscal year,  we look ahead to the future with positive
anticipation,  confident that we will meet the challenges set before us. In this
coming  year we expect to  continue  to be  challenged  by low  interest  rates,
competition for loans and deposits,  and rapidly  changing  technology.  We will
diligently  pursue  our  ambitious  goals,  adapt  quickly  to change and combat
negative  conflict  with a positive  approach,  so that one year from now, as we
look back over our accomplishments, we will view our success with satisfaction.

On behalf of the Directors, Officers and staff, I want to thank the shareholders
for their continued support.


Sincerely,



/S/William L. Windisch
- ----------------------
William L. Windisch
President
December 22, 1998


4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA


                                                                              September 30,
(in thousands)                                          1998         1997         1996         1995         1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
Total assets                                        $406,030      $380,964     $317,874     $281,810     $273,564
Loans, net                                           218,892       182,869      151,263      120,904      112,647
Mortgage-backed securities1                          102,870       127,916       93,738      101,511      112,236
Investment securities and
  other earning assets2                               69,878        58,242       59,302       46,523       37,607
Savings deposits                                     261,735       244,192      234,276      244,083      228,304
Advances from FHLB
  and other borrowings                               112,320       108,133       57,143       13,092       22,601
Stockholders' equity
  --substantially restricted                          29,021        25,881       21,778       22,132       20,646
Number of full service offices                             8             8            8            8            8
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
OPERATIONS DATA
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                    Fiscal Years Ended September 30,
                                                        1998         1997         1996         1995         1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>    
Interest income                                      $28,047       $23,963      $20,986      $19,047      $17,652
Interest expense                                      17,364        13,882       11,832       11,059        9,435
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income                                   10,683        10,081        9,154        7,988        8,217
Provision for loan losses                                405           500          270          230          360
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses                           10,278         9,581        8,884        7,758        7,857
Gain (loss) on sale of investments and
  mortgage-backed securities, net                         84            53           27          (57)          79
Gain on sale of loans                                     11            28           17           18           24
Service fees and other income                          1,071           801          688          643          524
Operating expenses                                     7,315         6,488        8,073(3)     6,119        5,617
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income before income tax provisions
  and cumulative effect of change
  in accounting principle                              4,129         3,975        1,543        2,243        2,867
Income tax provision                                   1,204         1,256          226          728        1,025
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>    
Net income before cumulative
  effect of change in
  accounting principle                                 2,925         2,719        1,317(3)     1,515        1,842
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cumulative effect of change
  in accounting principle                                 --            --           --           --          530
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Net income                                         $ 2,925       $ 2,719      $ 1,317(3)   $ 1,515      $ 2,372
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Consists  of   mortgage-backed   securities   classified   as   investments
held-to-maturity and available-for-sale.

(2) Consists of interest-bearing  deposits,  investment securities classified as
investments held-to-maturity and available-for-sale,  and Federal Home Loan Bank
stock.

(3) Fiscal  1996  operating  results  include  the effect of a one-time  pre-tax
payment to recapitalize the Savings Association  Insurance Fund of $1.5 million.
Exclusive  of the  special  assessment,  net income  would have been  $2,189 and
operating expenses would have been $6,536.


                                                                               5
<PAGE>


               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries:


We have audited the accompanying  consolidated statements of financial condition
of Fidelity  Bancorp,  Inc. and  subsidiaries as of September 30, 1998 and 1997,
and the related  consolidated  statements of income,  stockholders'  equity, and
cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period ended  September 30,
1998. These  consolidated  financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Fidelity Bancorp,
Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of September  30, 1998 and 1997,  and the results of
their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year
period  ended  September  30,  1998,  in  conformity  with  generally   accepted
accounting principles.



/s/KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
- ------------------------
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
October 30, 1998


6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION


                                                                                             September 30,
(in thousands, except per share data)                                                 1998                1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>                 <C>     
ASSETS

  Cash and amounts due from depository institutions                                  $  2,539            $  3,731
  Interest-earning demand deposits with other institutions                                613                 243
  Investment securities held-to-maturity
    (market value of $6,750 and $8,598) (Notes 2, 11, 12, 14 and 21)                    6,625               8,541
  Investment securities available-for-sale
    (cost of $56,750 and $43,971) (Notes 3, 12, 14 and 21)                             57,590              44,573
  Mortgage-backed securities held-to maturity
    (market value of $20,155 and $34,042) (Notes 4, 12, 14 and 21)                     19,913              34,065
  Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
    (cost of $82,728 and $94,090) (Notes 5, 12, 14 and 21)                             82,957              93,851
  Loans receivable, net of the allowance of $2,243 and $1,931
    (Notes 6, 8, 12 and 21)                                                           218,892             182,869
  Real estate owned, net (Note 8)                                                          21                  --
  Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost (Notes 9 and 12)                                5,050               4,885
  Accrued interest receivable:
    Loans                                                                               1,122                 932
    Mortgage-backed securities                                                            606                 759
    Investments and interest-earning deposits                                             845                 724
  Office premises and equipment, net (Note 10)                                          3,446               3,467
  Deferred tax assets (Note 16)                                                           700                 852
  Prepaid expenses and sundry assets                                                    5,125               1,472
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                     $406,044            $380,964 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  Liabilities:
    Savings deposits (Notes 11 and 21)                                               $261,735            $244,192 
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances (Notes 12 and 21)                                 100,200              96,700
    Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in Company's debentures (Note 13)         10,250              10,250
    Reverse repurchase agreements (Notes 14 and 21)                                     1,870               1,183
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance                               1,126               1,097
    Accrued interest on savings and other deposits                                         92                 159
    Accrued income taxes (Note 16)                                                        171                 204
    Other accrued expenses and sundry liabilities                                       1,579               1,298
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                      377,023             355,083 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                  <C>                 <C>     
  Stockholders' Equity (Notes 1, 16, 17, and 18):
    Common stock, $0.01 par value per share;
      10,000,000 shares authorized; 1,978,543 and
      1,943,469 shares issued and outstanding                                              20                  15 
    Additional paid-in capital                                                         14,168              13,811 
    Retained earnings-- substantially restricted                                       14,106              11,822 
    Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net                                 727                 233
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                       29,021              25,881 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                     $406,044            $380,964 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



                                                                               7
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996

(in thousands, except per share data)                                         1998          1997           1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>           <C>     
Interest income:
  Loans                                                                     $16,597       $13,634      $11,482
  Mortgage-backed securities                                                  7,597         6,964        6,120
  Investment securities                                                       3,779         3,354        3,360
  Deposits with other institutions                                               74            11           24
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total interest income                                                    28,047        23,963       20,986
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest expense:
  Savings deposits (Note 11)                                                 10,940         9,566       10,071
  Borrowed funds                                                              5,400         3,924        1,761
  Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest
    in Company's debentures (Note 13)                                         1,024           392           --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total interest expense                                                   17,364        13,882       11,832
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income before provision for loan losses                         10,683        10,081        9,154
Provision for loan losses (Note 8)                                              405           500          270
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income after provision for loan losses                          10,278         9,581        8,884
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Other income:
  Service fee income                                                            130            89           75
  Gain (loss) on sale of investment and
    mortgage-backed securities, net                                              84            53           27
  Gain on sale of loans                                                          11            28           17
  Other operating income                                                        941           712          613
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total other income                                                        1,166           882          732
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating expenses:
  Compensation, payroll taxes and fringe benefits (Notes 18 and 19)           4,291         3,682        3,238
  Office occupancy and equipment expense                                        669           570          564
  Depreciation and amortization                                                 516           541          456
  Federal insurance premiums                                                    155           112          553
  SAIF assessment                                                                --            --        1,537
  Loss on real estate owned, net                                                 12            31           91
  Intangible amortization                                                        --            44          264
  Other operating expenses                                                    1,672         1,508        1,370
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total operating expenses                                                  7,315         6,488        8,073
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>          <C>    
Income before income tax provision                                            4,129         3,975        1,543
Income tax provision (Note 16)                                                1,204         1,256          226
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Net income                                                              $ 2,925       $ 2,719      $ 1,317
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Basic earnings per share (Note 1)                                         $  1.49       $  1.42      $   .70
  Diluted earnings per share (Note 1)                                       $  1.44       $  1.37      $   .67
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996

                                                                                            Unrealized
                                                                                            Gain (Loss)
                                                                     Additional            on Securities
                                                           Common      Paid-In   Retained   Available-
(in thousands)                                              Stock      Capital   Earnings    For-Sale      Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>     
Balance at September 30, 1995                              $   12      $8,138    $13,789      $193      $22,132 
Stock options exercised (Note 18)                              --          70         --        --           70 
Cash dividends paid                                            --          --       (409)       --         (409)
Stock dividend paid (Note 1)                                    2       2,172     (2,174)       --           -- 
Net income                                                     --          --      1,317        --        1,317 
Effect of change in accounting for certain
  debt and equity securities at date of one-time
  reclassification, net of deferred taxes (Note 1)             --          --         --      (539)        (539)
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)
  on securities available-for-sale,
  net of taxes                                                 --          --         --      (850)        (850)
Sale of stock through Dividend
  Reinvestment Plan                                            --          57         --        --           57 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at September 30, 1996                                  14      10,437     12,523    (1,196)      21,778 
Stock options exercised, including
  tax benefit of $98 (Note 18)                                 --         390         --        --          390 
Cash dividends paid                                            --          --       (517)       --         (517)
Stock dividend paid (Note 1)                                    1      $2,902     (2,903)       --           -- 
Net income                                                     --          --      2,719        --        2,719 
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)
  on securities available-for-sale,
  net of taxes                                                 --          --         --     1,429        1,429 
Sale of stock through Dividend
  Reinvestment Plan                                            --          82         --        --           82 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at September 30, 1997                                  15      13,811     11,822       233       25,881 
Stock options exercised, including
  tax benefit of $71 (Note 18)                                  1         251         --        --          252 
Cash dividends paid                                            --          --       (641)       --         (641)
Stock split paid (Note 1)                                       4          (4)        --        --           -- 
Net income                                                     --          --      2,925        --        2,925 
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)
  on securities available-for-sale,
  net of taxes                                                 --          --         --       494          494 
Sale of stock through Dividend
  Reinvestment Plan                                            --         110         --        --          110 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at September 30, 1998                                 $20     $14,168    $14,106      $727      $29,021 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
                                                                               9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996

(in thousands)                                                                1998          1997           1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>           <C>      
Operating Activities:
  Net income                                                               $  2,925       $  2,719      $  1,317 
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
      Provision for loan losses                                                 405            500           270 
      Loss on real estate owned                                                  12             31            91 
      Depreciation of premises and equipment                                    516            541           456 
      Deferred loan fee amortization                                           (175)          (154)         (235)
      Amortization of investment and mortgage-backed
        securities discounts/premiums, net                                      397            317           321 
      Deferred income tax provision                                              75           (453)         (579)
      Amortization of intangibles                                                --             44           264 
      Net (gain) loss on sale of investments                                   (209)           (83)          (10)
      Net (gain) loss on sale of mortgage-backed securities                     125             30           (17)
      Loans held-for-sale originated                                           (372)          (814)         (134)
      Sale of loans held-for-sale                                               374            829           151 
      Net gain on sale of loans                                                 (11)           (28)          (17)
      Increase in interest receivable                                          (158)          (272)         (241)
      (Increase) decrease in deferred tax assets                                166          1,074        (1,110)
      Decrease in interest payable                                              (67)           (18)          (81)
      Increase (decrease) in accrued taxes                                      (47)           516          (257) 
      SAIF assessment                                                            --         (1,537)        1,537 
      Tax benefit relating to stock benefit plan                                 71             98            -- 
      Other changes-- net                                                    (3,235)           (55)        2,340 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Net cash provided (used) by operating activities                            792          3,285         4,066 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>           <C>      
Investing Activities:
  Proceeds from sales of investments available-for-sale                      17,345         16,301         5,556 
  Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale       43,760          8,588         5,505 
  Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments
    of investment securities available-for-sale                               5,255          2,480         6,000 
  Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments
    of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale                         19,812          8,130         7,778 
  Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale                     (35,168)       (11,594)      (25,528)
  Purchases of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale                (52,578)       (47,029)      (13,255)
  Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments
    of investment securities held-to-maturity                                14,921          1,487         1,649 
  Purchases of investment securities held-to-maturity                       (12,997)        (4,625)           -- 
  Proceeds from mortgage-backed securities
    held-to-maturity principal repayments                                    13,987          5,162         6,438 
  Purchases of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity                       --         (8,066)         (550)
  Principal repayments on first mortgage loans                               25,666         16,864        15,247 
  Principal repayments on other loans                                        23,599         21,415        16,895 
  First mortgage loans originated and disbursed                             (49,537)       (34,522)      (33,859)
  Sale of other loans                                                           709            585         1,042 
  Other loans originated                                                    (37,055)       (35,457)      (29,813)
  Additions to office premises and equipment                                   (512)          (978)         (341)
  Net purchases of FHLB stock                                                  (165)        (2,059)       (1,074)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Net cash provided (used) by investing activities                       $(22,958)      $(64,148)     $(38,310)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(continued)


10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - continued

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996

(in thousands)                                                                1998          1997           1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>      
Financing Activities:
  Net increase (decrease) in savings deposits                           $    17,543    $     9,916     $     (9,807) 
  Increase (decrease) in reverse repurchase agreements                          687            690           (4,049)
  FHLB advance repayments                                                  (939,321)    (1,496,450)      (1,299,500)
  FHLB advances                                                             942,821      1,536,500        1,347,600 
  Cash dividends paid                                                          (641)          (517)            (409)
  Stock options exercised                                                       181            292               70 
  Proceeds from sale of stock                                                   110             82               57 
  Proceeds from guaranteed preferred beneficial interest
    in subordinated debt                                                         --         10,250               -- 
  Debt issuance costs                                                           (36)          (688)              -- 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Net cash provided (used) by financing activities                         21,344         60,075           33,962 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                               (822)          (788)            (282)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                3,974          4,762            5,044 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                            $     3,152    $     3,974     $      4,762 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996

(in thousands)                                                                1998          1997           1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>             <C>      
Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest on deposits and other borrowings                              $   17,322     $   13,433      $ 11,867 
  Income taxes                                                                1,225            335         1,011 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Transfer of investment and mortgage-backed securities
  from investment to available-for-sale                                          --             --        63,240 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Transfer of loans to real estate owned                                   $       21     $      120    $      536 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                                                              11
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND USE OF ESTIMATES

Fidelity   Bancorp,   Inc.  is  a  bank  holding  company  organized  under  the
Pennsylvania  Business  Corporation  Law. It operates  principally  as a holding
company   for  its   wholly-owned   subsidiaries,   Fidelity   Bank,   PaSB,   a
Pennsylvania-chartered,  FDIC-insured  state savings bank and FBCapital Trust, a
statutory  business trust  incorporated in Delaware.  The Bank conducts business
through eight offices in Allegheny and Butler counties.

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported  amounts of certain assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of related revenue and expense during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of Fidelity Bancorp,
Inc. (the Company) and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  Fidelity Bank, PaSB (the
Bank) and FB Capital Trust (the Trust).  Intercompany  balances and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  and  amounts  due  from  depository
institutions and the demand deposits portion of  interest-earning  deposits with
other institutions.

INVESTMENT AND MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

In May 1993, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of
Financial   Accounting   Standards  (SFAS)  No.  115,  "Accounting  for  Certain
Investments  in  Debt  and  Equity  Securities."  SFAS  No.  115  requires  that
investments  be classified as either:  (1) Securities  Held-to-Maturity  -- debt
securities  that the  Company  has the  positive  intent and  ability to hold to
maturity and  reported at amortized  cost;  (2) Trading  Securities  -- debt and
equity securities bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in
the near term and  reported  at fair  value,  with  unrealized  gains and losses
included in the current period earnings; or (3) Securities Available-for-Sale --
debt and equity securities not classified as either Securities  Held-to-Maturity
or Trading  Securities  and reported at fair value,  with  unrealized  gains and
losses, net of taxes,  included as a separate component of stockholders' equity.
The Company adopted SFAS No. 115 effective October 1, 1994.

On  November  15,  1995,  the  FASB  issued  a  Special  Report,   "A  Guide  to
Implementation  of Statement 115 on Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt
and Equity  Securities"(Guide).  The Guide provided a one-time  opportunity  for
companies to reassess the  classification  of securities under SFAS No. 115. The
<PAGE>
one-time  reclassification  could be made  without  calling  into  question  the
propriety  of a company's  stated  intent in prior or  subsequent  periods.  The
reclassification  had to occur between  November 15, 1995 and December 31, 1995.
The Company  utilized this  opportunity  to  reclassify  securities in December,
1995.

On December  31,  1995,  the Company  reclassified  $8.2  million of  investment
securities  held-to-maturity  to investment  securities  available-for-sale  and
$55.0 million of mortgage-backed securities  held-to-maturity to mortgage-backed
securities  available-for-sale at market value, with the net unrealized gains of
$34 for the investment  securities  and the net unrealized  loss of $573 for the
mortgage-backed  securities  excluded  from  earnings and reported as a separate
component of stockholders' equity, net of tax.

                                                                (Note continued)
12
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


Purchases and sales of securities are accounted for on a  settlement-date  basis
which is not materially  different than the use of the trade-date  basis.  Gains
and  losses  on the  sale  of  securities  are  recognized  using  the  specific
identification method.

LOANS

Loans  receivable are stated at unpaid  principal  balances net of the allowance
for possible loan losses, net deferred loan fees and discounts. The Bank adopted
SFAS No. 114,  "Accounting  by Creditors for  Impairment of a Loan" and SFAS No.
118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan -- Income Recognition and
Disclosures,"  an amendment of SFAS No. 114,  effective  October 1, 1995.  These
statements  address the accounting by creditors for impairment of certain loans.
They  apply  to all  creditors  and to all  loans,  uncollateralized  as well as
collateralized,  except for large groups of  smaller-balance  homogeneous  loans
that  are  collectively  evaluated  for  impairment.   The  Bank  considers  all
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans and all  installment  loans (as
presented in Note 6) to be smaller  homogeneous loans. Loans within the scope of
these statements are considered  impaired when, based on current information and
events,  it is probable that all principal and interest will not be collected in
accordance with the contractual  terms of the loans.  Management  determines the
impairment  of loans based on knowledge of the  borrower's  ability to repay the
loan according to the contractual  agreement,  the borrower's  repayment history
and the  fair  value of  collateral  for  certain  collateral  dependent  loans.
Management does not consider an insignificant  delay or insignificant  shortfall
to impair a loan.  Management has determined that a delay less than 90 days will
be considered an insignificant delay and that an amount less than $5,000 will be
considered  an  insignificant  shortfall.  The Bank does not apply  SFAS No. 114
using major risk categories,  but on a loan by loan basis. Non-accrual loans are
not  necessarily  considered  to be impaired if  management  believes that it is
probable that all  principal  and interest will be collected in accordance  with
the  contractual  terms of the loan.  All loans are charged off when  management
determines  that principal and interest are not  collectible.  Any excess of the
Bank's recorded  investment in the loans over the measured value of the loans in
accordance  with SFAS No. 114 are provided for in the allowance for loan losses.
The Bank reviews its loans for impairment on a quarterly basis.

The accrual of  interest  on all loans is  discontinued  when,  in  management's
opinion,  the borrower may be unable to meet payments as they become due or when
the loan becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. When interest accrual
is  discontinued,  all  unpaid  accrued  interest  is  reversed.  Such  interest
ultimately  collected is credited to income in the period of recovery or applied
to reduce  principal if there is sufficient  doubt about the  collectability  of
principal.

The  Bank is a party  to  financial  instruments  with  off-balance  sheet  risk
(commitments  to extend  credit) in the normal  course of  business  to meet the
financing needs of its customers. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to
lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established
in the commitment.  Commitments  generally have fixed  expiration dates or other
<PAGE>
termination  clauses  and  may  require  payment  of a fee.  Since  some  of the
commitments  are  expected  to  expire  without  being  drawn  upon,  the  total
commitment amount does not necessarily  represent future cash requirements.  The
Bank evaluates each customer's credit  worthiness on a case-by-case  basis using
the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it
does for on-balance sheet  instruments.  The amount of collateral  obtained,  if
deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit,  is based on management's
credit evaluation of the counter-party.

REAL ESTATE OWNED

Real estate owned consists of properties  acquired  through  foreclosure and are
recorded at the lower of cost  (principal  balance of the former  mortgage  loan
plus costs of obtaining  title and possession) or fair value less estimated cost
to sell.  Costs  relating to  development  and  improvement  of the property are
capitalized, whereas costs of holding such real estate are expensed as incurred.
Additional  write-downs  are charged to income,  and the  carrying  value of the
property reduced, when the carrying value exceeds fair value less estimated cost
to sell.

                                                                (Note continued)

                                                                              13
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


PROVISIONS FOR LOSSES

Provisions  for  estimated  losses on loans and real estate owned are charged to
earnings in an amount that results in an allowance  sufficient,  in management's
judgment,  to cover  anticipated  losses  based on  management's  evaluation  of
portfolio   risk,   past  and  expected  future  loss  experience  and  economic
conditions.

OFFICE PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Office premises and equipment are stated at cost less  accumulated  depreciation
and amortization.  Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line  basis over the
estimated  useful lives of the related  assets,  which are thirty-one  years for
buildings and three to ten years for furniture, fixtures and equipment.

Amortization  of  leasehold  improvements  is computed  using the  straight-line
method over the term of the related lease.

INTEREST ON SAVINGS AND OTHER DEPOSITS

Interest on savings  deposits and certain  deposits by  borrowers  for taxes and
insurance is accrued  monthly.  Such  interest is paid or credited in accordance
with the terms of the respective accounts.

INCOME TAXES

The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  109,
"Accounting  for  Income  Taxes."  SFAS No.  109  requires  use of the asset and
liability  method of accounting for income taxes.  Under the asset and liability
method of SFAS No. 109,  deferred tax assets and  liabilities are recognized for
the future tax  consequences  attributable to differences  between the financial
carrying  amounts of existing assets and  liabilities  and their  respective tax
bases and operating loss and tax credit  carryforwards.  Deferred tax assets and
liabilities  are measured  using enacted tax rates  expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected to be
recovered or settled.  Under SFAS No. 109, the effect on deferred tax assets and
liabilities  of a change in the tax rates is  recognized in income in the period
that includes the enacted date.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

In February  1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings per Share." FAS No.
128 provides  revised  reporting  standards  for earnings per share (EPS) and is
effective for financial  statement  periods ending after December 15, 1997. SFAS
No. 128  eliminates  primary  and fully  diluted  EPS  disclosures  and adds new
disclosures  of basic and  diluted  EPS.  Basic  EPS  excludes  dilution  and is
computed by dividing  income  available to common  stockholders  by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects
the potential  dilution  that could occur if  securities  or other  contracts to
issue common stock were  exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in
the  issuance of common  stock that then shared in the  earnings of the Company.
The Company  adopted  SFAS No. 128 as of December  31, 1997 and all prior period
per share amounts have been restated.  In addition,  all weighted  average share
and per share  amounts  reflect the 25% stock split paid on March 31, 1998,  and
the 10% stock  dividends  paid on May 28, 1997 and May 31, 1996.  The  following
table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

                                                                (Note continued)
14
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
                                                                                          September 30,
                                                                                1998          1997       1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>         <C>   
Basic earnings per share:
  Net income                                                                    $2,925       $2,719      $1,317
  Weighted average shares outstanding                                        1,962,834    1,918,734   1,877,834
  Earnings per share                                                             $1.49        $1.42        $.70
Diluted earnings per share:
  Net income                                                                    $2,925       $2,719      $1,317
  Weighted average shares outstanding                                        1,962,834    1,918,734   1,877,834
  Dilutive effect of employee stock options                                     66,290       71,170      73,959
  Total diluted weighted average shares outstanding                          2,029,124    1,989,904   1,951,793
  Earnings per share                                                             $1.44        $1.37        $.67
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>
(2) INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY
 

Investment  securities  held-to-maturity  at September  30, 1998 and 1997 are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                 Gross         Gross
                                                                   Amortized  Unrealized    Unrealized    Market
At September 30, 1998                                                Cost        Gains        Losses       Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>   
U.S. government and agency obligations:
  Due within one year                                               $5,000        $31           $ --        $5,031
Municipal obligations:
  Due beyond ten years                                               1,625         94             --         1,719
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                    $6,625       $125           $ --        $6,750
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 Gross         Gross
                                                                   Amortized  Unrealized    Unrealized    Market
At September 30, 1997                                                Cost        Gains        Losses       Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>   
U.S. government and agency obligations:
  Due within one year                                               $  998        $--           $(2)       $  996
  Due beyond one year, but within five years                         2,000          1            (4)        1,997
  Due beyond ten years                                               3,000          4            (8)        2,996
Asset-backed securities:
  Contractually due within one year                                    260         --            --           260
  Contractually due beyond five years,
    but within ten years                                               658          8            --           666
Municipal obligations:
  Due beyond ten years                                               1,625         58            --         1,683
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                    $8,541        $71          $(14)       $8,598
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


At  September  30, 1998,  the Bank had no  outstanding  commitments  to purchase
investment securities held-to-maturity. Non-taxable interest income was $91, $26
and $48 in fiscal  1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  There  were no sales of
investment securities held-to-maturity in 1998, 1997 or 1996.


                                                                              15
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

(3) INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

Investment  securities  available-for-sale at September 30, 1998 and 1997 are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Gross         Gross
                                                                   Amortized  Unrealized    Unrealized    Market
At September 30, 1998                                                Cost        Gains        Losses       Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>    
U.S. government and agency obligations:
  Due within one year                                              $ 6,499       $ 32         $ --       $ 6,531
  Due beyond one year, but within five years                         4,507         48           --         4,555
  Due beyond five years, but within ten years                        8,504        120           --         8,624
  Due beyond ten years                                               3,999         40           --         4,039
Municipal obligations:
  Due beyond ten years                                              28,814        894           --        29,708
Equity securities                                                    1,580         --         (259)        1,321
Mutual funds                                                         1,847         --          (54)        1,793
Trust preferred securities
Due beyond ten years                                                   500         --          (12)          488
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp.
Preferred Stock                                                        500         31           --           531
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   $56,750     $1,165        $(325)      $57,590
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Gross         Gross
                                                                   Amortized  Unrealized    Unrealized    Market
At September 30, 1997                                                Cost        Gains        Losses       Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>    
U.S. government and agency obligations:
  Due within one year                                              $ 1,000       $ --        $  (3)      $   997
  Due beyond one year, but within five years                         4,499         12           (1)        4,510
  Due beyond five years, but within ten years                       20,785        130          (56)       20,859
Municipal obligations:
  Due beyond ten years                                              15,385        489           --        15,874
Equity securities                                                      148         39           --           187
Mutual funds                                                         1,653         --          (25)        1,628
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp.
Preferred Stock                                                        501         17           --           518
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   $43,971       $687         $(85)      $44,573
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
At  September  30, 1998,  the Bank had no  outstanding  commitments  to purchase
investment  securities  available-for-sale.   Non-taxable  interest  income  was
$1,138,  $906 and $1,140 in fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Proceeds
from sales of investment securities available-for-sale were $17.3 million, $16.3
million and $5.6 million in 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Gross gains of
$218,  $170, and $33 and gross losses of $9, $87, and $23 were realized on these
sales in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

16
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(4) MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY

Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity were comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                 Gross         Gross
                                                                   Amortized  Unrealized    Unrealized    Market
At September 30, 1998                                                Cost        Gains        Losses       Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>           <C>            <C> 
Government National Mortgage Association:
  Contractually due beyond one year, but within five years           $  28      $    1        $  --          $ 29
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation:
  Contractually due beyond one year, but within five years             339          --           (3)          336
  Contractually due beyond five years, but within ten years          7,551          93           --         7,644
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                 3,209          48           --         3,257
Federal National Mortgage Association:
  Contractually due beyond five years, but within ten years          2,396           8           (5)        2,399
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                 4,853         107           --         4,960
AA Rated Mortgage Certificates:
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                 1,455          --          (12)        1,443
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations:
  Contractually due beyond one year, but within five years              82           5           --            87
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   $19,913      $  262          $(20)     $20,155
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 Gross         Gross
                                                                   Amortized  Unrealized    Unrealized    Market
At September 30, 1997                                                Cost        Gains        Losses       Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>   
Government National Mortgage Association:
  Contractually due beyond one year, but within five years         $     4      $   --        $   --        $    4
  Contractually due beyond five years, but within ten years             38          --            --            38
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation:
  Contractually due beyond one year, but within five years             915           1            (1)          915
  Contractually due beyond five years, but within ten years            369          15            --           384
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                12,693          94          (113)       12,674
Federal National Mortgage Association:
  Contractually due beyond five years, but within ten years          3,223          10           (43)        3,190
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                 5,944          16           (26)        5,934
AA Rated Mortgage Certificates:
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                 2,754           3            --         2,757
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations:
  Contractually due beyond one year, but within five years             166           8            --           174
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                 7,959          13            --         7,972
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   $34,065      $  160         $(183)      $34,042
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
At  September  30, 1998,  the Bank had no  outstanding  commitments  to purchase
mortgage-backed   securities   held-to-maturity.   There   were  no   sales   of
mortgage-backed  securities classified as held-to-maturity during 1998, 1997, or
1996.


                                                                              17
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(5) MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE


Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 Gross         Gross
                                                                   Amortized  Unrealized    Unrealized    Market
At September 30, 1998                                                Cost        Gains        Losses       Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>    
Government National Mortgage Association:
  Contractually due beyond ten years                               $22,823        $259        $ (58)      $23,024
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation:
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                 7,101          63           --         7,164
Federal National Mortgage Association:
  Contractually due beyond five years, but within ten years          4,541          --          (17)        4,524
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                 4,074           7           (7)        4,074
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations:
  Contractually due beyond five years, but within ten years          5,208           2           --         5,210
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                38,981         108         (128)       38,961
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   $82,728        $439        $(210)      $82,957
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Gross         Gross
                                                                   Amortized  Unrealized    Unrealized    Market
At September 30, 1997                                                Cost        Gains        Losses       Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>    
Government National Mortgage Association:
  Contractually due beyond ten years                               $26,954        $203        $ (13)      $27,144
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation:
  Contractually due beyond one year, but within five years           2,680          --          (29)        2,651
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                 8,071         101           --         8,172
Federal National Mortgage Association:
  Contractually due beyond five years, but within ten years         11,881          --         (270)       11,611
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                 6,284          15          (60)        6,239
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations:
  Contractually due beyond one year, but within five years           4,492           4           --         4,496
  Contractually due beyond five years, but within ten years          5,043          --          (62)        4,981
  Contractually due beyond ten years                                28,685          40         (168)       28,557
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   $94,090        $363        $(602)      $93,851
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

At September 30, 1998,  the Bank had  outstanding  commitments  to purchase $5.0
million of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale. Proceeds from sales of
mortgage-backed  securities  available-for-sale  during 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
$43.8 million, $8.6 million and $5.5 million, respectively. Gross gains of $160,
$34,  and $29, and gross  losses of $285,  $64,  and $12 were  realized on these
sales in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.



18
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(6) LOANS RECEIVABLE


Loans receivable, net are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              September 30,
                                                                                         1998             1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>              <C>      
First mortgage loans:
  Conventional:
    1-4 family dwellings                                                               $115,559         $ 97,698 
    Multi-family dwellings                                                                4,262            4,165 
  Commercial                                                                             21,881           19,976 
  Construction                                                                           21,212            7,614 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                        162,914          129,453 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Less:
  Loans in process                                                                      (12,916)          (3,695)
  Unearned discounts and fees                                                            (1,142)            (912)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                        148,856          124,846 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Installment loans:
  Home equity                                                                            42,290           37,271 
  Mobile home loans                                                                          13               68 
  Consumer loans                                                                          2,359            2,579 
  Other                                                                                   4,460            3,163  
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                         49,122           43,081 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commercial business loans and leases:
  Commercial business loans                                                              19,509           16,325 
  Commercial leases                                                                       3,648              548 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                         23,157           16,873 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Less: Allowance for possible loan losses                                                 (2,243)          (1,931)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Loans receivable, net                                                              $218,892         $182,869 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Commitments  to originate  loans at  September  30, 1998 were  approximately  as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Rate            Amount
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                              <C>                  <C>   
First mortgage loans:
  Fixed-rate                                                                     6.00%  to 8.00%      $1,166

Other loans:
  Fixed-rate                                                                     7.49%  to 13.75%        488
  Adjustable-rate                                                                6.375% to 13.75%      1,686
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                                      $3,340
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



(7) LOAN SERVICING PORTFOLIO
 

The  amount  of loans  serviced  for  others,  which  are not  reflected  in the
accompanying  consolidated financial statements,  was $6,119, $5,317, and $6,471
at September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


                                                                              19
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands,  except per share data) (8) ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE
LOSSES ON LOANS AND REAL ESTATE OWNED


Changes in the allowance for possible loan losses are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            First                        Commercial
                                                          Mortgage       Installment      Business
                                                            Loans           Loans           Loans        Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>              <C>        <C>     
Balance at September 30, 1995                              $ 702           $ 332            $ 395      $ 1,429 
Provision for loan losses                                    120              60               90          270 
Charge-offs                                                 (149)            (44)             (78)        (271)
Recoveries                                                    55              10               37          102 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at September 30, 1996                                728             358              444        1,530 
Provision for loan losses                                    220             150              130          500 
Charge-offs                                                  (49)            (71)              (3)        (123)
Recoveries                                                    --               8               16           24 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at September 30, 1997                                899             445              587        1,931 
Provision for loan losses                                    115             120              170          405 
Charge-offs                                                   (2)            (98)             (10)        (110)
Recoveries                                                    --              11                6           17 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at September 30, 1998                            $ 1,012           $ 478            $ 753      $ 2,243 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Non-accrual loans were approximately $.6 million,  $1.1 million and $1.2 million
at September 30, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The foregone  interest on
those loans for the periods ended  September 30, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  was $25,
$108 and $61, respectively. The amount of interest income on such loans actually
included in income in the periods ending  September 30, 1998,  1997 and 1996 was
$30, $12 and $58,  respectively.  There are no  commitments  to lend  additional
funds to debtors in non-accrual status.

The recorded  investment in loans that are  considered to be impaired under SFAS
No. 114 was $275 and $753 at September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Included
in the 1998 amount is $275 of impaired loans for which the related allowance for
credit losses is $93 and no impaired  loans that as a result of  write-downs  do
not have an allowance for credit losses.  Included in the 1997 amount is $753 of
impaired loans for which the related  allowance for credit losses was $66 and no
impaired  loans that as a result of  write-downs  did not have an allowance  for
credit  losses.  The average  recorded  investment in impaired  loans during the
fiscal years ended  September 30, 1998,  1997 and 1996 was  approximately  $205,
$722,  and $281,  respectively.  For the fiscal years ended  September 30, 1998,
1997, and 1996, the Company  recognized  interest income on those impaired loans
of $17, $0, and $20, respectively, using the cash basis of income recognition.
<PAGE>
Changes in the allowance for losses on real estate owned are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Fiscal Years
                                                                                       Ended September 30,
                                                                                   1998        1997       1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                                           <C>          <C>  
Beginning of period balance                                                         --        $102         $  8 
Provisions                                                                          --          --          102 
Write-off                                                                           --        (102)          (8)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

End of period balance                                                               --        $ --         $102 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                                (Note continued)

20
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Management  believes that the allowances  for possible  losses on loans and real
estate owned are  adequate.  While  management  uses  available  information  to
recognize  losses  on loans  and real  estate  owned,  future  additions  to the
allowances  may be  necessary  based  on  changes  in  economic  conditions.  In
addition,  various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination
process,  periodically review the Bank's allowances for possible losses on loans
and real estate owned. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions
to the allowances based on their judgments using  information  available to them
at the time of examination.


(9) INVESTMENTS REQUIRED BY LAW


The Bank is a member of the  Federal  Home Loan Bank  System  and,  as a member,
maintains an  investment  in the capital  stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of
Pittsburgh  (FHLB),  at cost,  in an amount not less than 1% of its  outstanding
home  loans  or 5% of its  outstanding  notes  payable,  if  any,  to the  FHLB,
whichever is greater.


(10) OFFICE PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT


Office  premises and equipment at September 30, 1998 and 1997 are  summarized as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                         1998           1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>     
Land                                                                                    $   309       $   309 
Office buildings                                                                          3,107         3,094 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                                         3,178         3,218 
Leasehold improvements                                                                      174           148 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                          6,768         6,769 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                                           (3,322)       (3,302)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Office premises and equipment, net                                                    $ 3,446       $ 3,467 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
The Bank has operating leases with respect to one records storage facility, four
branch  offices,  and the Bank's  Loan  Center,  which  expire on various  dates
through  fiscal 2008.  Lease  expense  amounted to $157,  $83, and $83 in fiscal
years 1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Minimum annual lease  commitments are
approximately as follows:

 Years Ended September 30                 Amount
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         1999                               $219
         2000                               $193
         2001                               $177
         2002                               $177
         2003                               $177
         Thereafter                         $793

                                                                              21
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(11) SAVINGS DEPOSITS


Savings  deposit  balances  at  September  30, 1998 and 1997 are  summarized  as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             September 30,
                                            Stated Rates                              1998                 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>                                              <C>                 <C>     
Balance by type:
Savings Deposits:
     Demand deposits                noninterest-bearing                              $  9,865            $  9,389
     NOW accounts                   1.50% in 1998 and 1.50% in 1997                    26,981              24,452
     Passbooks                      2.50% in 1998 and 2.50% in 1997                    47,423              47,514
     Money market
       deposit accounts             2.98% in 1998 and 2.98% in 1997                    14,949              15,417
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                       99,218              96,772
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                         <C>                                      <C>                 <C>
Time Deposits:
     Fixed-rate                             1.00% to 2.99%                                 34                   0
                                            3.00% to 4.99%                             32,469              26,663
                                            5.00% to 6.99%                            120,299             108,076
                                            7.00% to 8.99%                              5,494               6,689
                                            9.00% to 10.99%                                68                 103
     Negotiated-rate                        5.00% to 8.30%                              4,153               5,889
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                      162,517             147,420
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                     $261,735            $244,192
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The  weighted-average  interest  rate for all  deposits  was  4.25% and 4.23% at
September  30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Deposits  with balances of $100 or
more totalled $4.1 million at September 30, 1998.

At  September  30, 1998,  investment  securities  with a carrying  value of $2.0
million were pledged as required to secure deposits of public funds.
<PAGE>
The maturities of time deposits at September 30, 1998 and 1997 are summarized as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                             September 30,
                                                                                      1998                 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>                 <C>     
Within one year                                                                      $106,115            $ 76,721
Beyond one year but within two years                                                   26,959              40,434
Beyond two years but within three years                                                 9,847               9,388
Beyond three years                                                                     19,596              20,877
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                     $162,517            $147,420
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>

Interest expense by deposit category is as follows:                                  Years Ended September 30,
                                                                                    1998        1997         1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>         <C>    
NOW accounts                                                                       $  380     $  345      $   332
Passbooks                                                                           1,193      1,262        1,366
Money market deposit accounts                                                         419        445          478
Time deposits                                                                       8,948      7,514        7,895
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                  $10,940     $9,566      $10,071
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

22
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(12) FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES


Federal Home Loan Bank advances are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              September 30,
                                                              Interest Rate              1998              1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>                     <C>            <C>    
Due Date
RepoPlus Advance                                                  6.50%                   $5,200         $43,400
October 29, 1997                                                  4.60%                       --             300
February 26, 1998                                                 5.14%                       --           3,000
Convertible Select Advances:
   February 14, 2002                                              5.29%                       --          10,000
   February 14, 2002                                              5.48%                   10,000          10,000
   March 19, 2002                                                 6.08%                   10,000          10,000
   June 6, 2002                                                   6.13%                    5,000           5,000
   June 20, 2002                                                  6.20%                    5,000           5,000
   July 11, 2002                                                  5.60%                   10,000          10,000
   October 3, 2002                                                5.42%                   10,000              --
   November 18, 2002                                              5.32%                   10,000              --
   January 6, 2003                                                5.58%                   10,000              --
   September 15, 2003                                             4.78%                    5,000              --
   April 25, 2005                                                 5.55%                    5,000              --
   February 20, 2008                                              5.48%                   10,000              --
   June 2, 2008                                                   5.17%                    5,000              --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total FHLB Advances                                                                     $100,200         $96,700
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Under a blanket collateral pledge agreement, the Bank has pledged, as collateral
for  advances  from the FHLB of  Pittsburgh,  all stock in the Federal Home Loan
Bank and certain other  qualifying  collateral,  such as investment  securities,
mortgage-backed  securities and loans, with market values equal to at least 110%
of the unpaid amount of outstanding advances.

The Bank has a line of credit with the FHLBof  Pittsburgh  (Flexline),  which is
approximately  $21.2  million,  and  expires  on March  25,  1999.  There are no
commitment fees  associated  with this line of credit and the FHLBof  Pittsburgh
may reduce or terminate the line at any time. When used,  interest is charged at
the FHLB's posted rates,  which change daily,  and the loan can be repaid at any
time but in no event later than March 25, 1999. This line of credit was not used
in fiscal 1997 or 1998.

FHLB  "RepoPlus"  Advances  are  short-term  borrowings  maturing  within one to
ninety-two  days,  bear a fixed  interest  rate and are  subject  to  prepayment
penalty.  Although  no specific  collateral  is required to be pledged for these
borrowings,  "RepoPlus" Advances are secured under the blanket collateral pledge
agreement.  The Bank utilized  "RepoPlus"  Advances during fiscal 1998 and 1997,
ranging  individually from $50 to $16.2 million,  and from $50 to $17.1 million,
<PAGE>
respectively. The daily average balance during 1998 and 1997 was $18.1 and $39.2
million,  respectively, and the daily average interest rate was 5.75% and 5.53%,
respectively, with an average interest rate at fiscal year-end 1998 of 6.50% and
fiscal year-end 1997 of 5.79%.  The maximum amount  outstanding at any month-end
during 1998 and 1997 was $34.1 and $52.4 million, respectively.

FHLB "Convertible  Select" Advances are long-term borrowings with terms of up to
ten years,  and which have a fixed rate for the first three months to five years
of the term. After the fixed rate term expires,  and quarterly  thereafter,  the
FHLB may convert the advance to an  adjustable-rate  advance at their option. If
the advance is converted to an adjustable-rate  advance, the Bank has the option
at the conversion date, and quarterly thereafter,  to prepay the advance with no
prepayment fee. The Bank utilized  "Convertible  Select"  Advances during fiscal
1998,  with  individual  advances  ranging $5 to $10 million.  The daily average
balance during 1998 was $77.4 million,  and the daily average  interest rate was
5.64%,  with an average  interest rate at year end of 5.54%.  The maximum amount
outstanding at any month end during 1998 was $95 million.


                                                                              23
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

(13) GUARANTEED PREFERRED BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN COMPANY'S DEBENTURES


On May 13, 1997,  the Trust,  a statutory  business trust created under Delaware
law that is a subsidiary  of the Company,  issued  $10.25  million,  9.75% Trust
Preferred   Securities   ("Preferred   Securities")  with  a  stated  value  and
liquidation  preference  of $10 per share.  The  Trust's  obligations  under the
Preferred  Securities  issued are fully and  unconditionally  guaranteed  by the
Company. The proceeds from the sale of the Preferred Securities of the Trust, as
well as proceeds  from the issuance of common  securities  to the Company,  were
utilized by the Trust to invest in $10.57  million of 9.75% Junior  Subordinated
Debentures (the  "Debentures") of the Company.  The Debentures are unsecured and
rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all indebtedness, liabilities
and obligations of the Company.  The Debentures represent the sole assets of the
Trust.  Interest on the Preferred Securities is cumulative and payable quarterly
in arrears.  The Company has the right to optionally redeem the Debentures prior
to the maturity date of July 15, 2027, on or after July 15, 2002, at 100% of the
stated liquidation amount, plus accrued and unpaid distributions, if any, to the
redemption  date.  Under the occurrence of certain events,  specifically,  a Tax
Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event as more fully defined
in the FBCapital Trust  Prospectus  dated May 8, 1997, the Company may redeem in
whole, but not in part, the Debentures prior to July 15, 2002. Proceeds from any
redemption of the Debentures would cause a mandatory redemption of the Preferred
Securities  and the common  securities  having an aggregate  liquidation  amount
equal to the principal amount of the Debentures redeemed.

On July 17, 1997, on behalf of the Trust, the Company  requested relief from the
Office of Chief Counsel of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities
and Exchange Commission,  exempting the Trust from the reporting requirements of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934. The Trust is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
the Company, has no independent  operations and issued securities that contained
a full and unconditional  guarantee of its parent,  the Company.  On January 29,
1998, the Company received  notification  from the Division  exempting the Trust
from the reporting requirements.


(14) SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENT TO REPURCHASE


The Bank enters into sales of securities  under  agreements to repurchase.  Such
repurchase   agreements  are  treated  as  financings  and  the  obligations  to
repurchase  securities  sold are  reflected as a liability  in the  consolidated
statement of financial condition. The dollar amount of securities underlying the
agreements remains in the asset accounts. The securities sold under agreement to
repurchase  are  collateralized  by various  securities  that are either held in
safekeeping  by the Federal  Home Loan Bank of  Pittsburgh  or  delivered to the
dealer who arranged the transaction. The market value of such securities exceeds
the value of the securities sold under agreements to repurchase.
<PAGE>
At September 30, 1998, these agreements had a weighted-average  interest rate of
4.50% and mature  within  one  month.  Short-term  borrowings  under  repurchase
agreements  averaged  $1.8 million and $873 during 1998 and 1997,  respectively.
The maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during 1998 was $2.4 million. At
September  30,  1998,  short-term  borrowings  under  agreements  to  repurchase
securities sold are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               Collateral
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Weighted                 U.S. Government &
                                                Repurchase          Average            Federal Agency Obligations
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Liability       Interest Rate        Book Value     Market Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>                <C>                <C>             <C>   
Within 30 days                                    $1,870             4.50%              $3,499          $3,537
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

24
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(15) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK


At September 30, 1998, the Bank had  outstanding  commitments to originate loans
of $3.3  million  and an  outstanding  commitment  to purchase  $5.0  million of
when-issued mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale.

The Bank's customers have available lines of credit as follows:  consumer,  both
secured and unsecured, and commercial, generally unsecured. The amount available
at  September  30,  1998  and  1997  was  $16.9   million  and  $11.5   million,
respectively,  for consumer  lines of credit and $9.0 million and $2.6  million,
respectively, for commercial lines of credit. The interest rate for the consumer
lines of credit range from 8.50% to 18.00%, the majority of which is at variable
rates.  The  interest  rates for the  commercial  lines of credit are  generally
variable and based on prevailing market  conditions at the time of funding.  The
Bank's  customers also have available  letters of credit.  The amount  available
under these  letters of credit at September 30, 1998 and 1997 was $519 and $208,
respectively.  The interest rates are generally variable and based on prevailing
market conditions at the time of funding.

Letters of credit are  conditional  commitments  issued by the Bank to guarantee
the  performance  of a customer to a third  party.  The credit risk  involved in
issuing  letters of credit is essentially the same as that in extending loans to
customers.  The Bank  minimizes  this risk by  adhering  to its  written  credit
policies and by requiring security and debt covenants similar to those contained
in loan agreements.

Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements  to lend to a customer as long as
there  is  no  violation  of  any  condition   established  in  the  commitment.
Commitments  generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination  clauses
and may require  payment of a fee. The Bank  evaluates  each  customer's  credit
worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed
necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's  credit
evaluation of the borrower.  The  collateral  consists  primarily of residential
real estate and personal property.

The Bank  conducts its business  through  eight  offices  located in the greater
Pittsburgh  metropolitan area. At September 30, 1998, the majority of the Bank's
net loan  portfolio was secured by properties  located in this region.  The Bank
does not  believe it has  significant  concentrations  of credit risk to any one
group of borrowers given its underwriting and collateral requirements.  The Bank
does not have any off-balance  sheet risk at September 30, 1998,  except for the
commitments referenced above.
<PAGE>
(16) INCOME TAXES


The provision for (benefit from) income taxes in the Consolidated  Statements of
Income consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               Fiscal Years Ended September 30,
                                                                              1998            1997         1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>            <C>           <C>   
Current
  Federal                                                                    $ 984          $ 535         $ 689 
  State                                                                        295            268            55
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total current                                                                1,279            803           744
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Deferred federal                                                             (75)           453          (518)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total                                                                       $1,204         $1,256         $ 226 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                                (Note continued)

                                                                              25
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Total income tax provision for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996
was allocated as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1998            1997         1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>             <C> 
Income                                                                      $1,204         $1,256          $226
Stockholders' equity:
  Unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities                           227            621          (592)
  Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts
    recognized for financial statement purposes                                (71)           (98)           -- 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


The  difference  between the  expected  and actual tax  provision  expressed  as
percentages of income before tax are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Fiscal Years Ended September 30,
                                                                                1998            1997         1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>           <C>   
Expected federal tax rate                                                       34.0%          34.0%         34.0%
Tax free interest                                                               (8.6)          (6.7)        (21.3)
State income tax, net of federal tax benefit                                     4.7            4.5           2.4 
Other items, net                                                                (0.9)          (0.2)         (0.5)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actual tax rate incurred                                                        29.2%          31.6%         14.6%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The tax effect of temporary  differences that gave rise to significant  portions
of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax  liabilities  at September  30, 1998
and 1997 are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               1998          1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>           <C>  
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
  Deferred loan fees                                                                          $105          $158 
  Fixed assets                                                                                 (24)          (53)
  Loan loss reserves                                                                           692           586 
  Intangible assets                                                                            242           276 
  Investment securities                                                                       (342)         (115)
  Other (net)                                                                                   27            -- 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                              $700          $852 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
The Bank  has  determined  that it is not  required  to  establish  a  valuation
allowance  for deferred tax assets in  accordance  with SFASNo.  109 since it is
more likely  than not that the  deferred  tax assets  will be  realized  through
carryback  to  taxable  income in prior  years,  future  reversals  of  existing
temporary differences and, to a lesser extent, future taxable income.

SFAS No.  109  treats  tax basis bad debt  reserves  established  after  1987 as
temporary  differences  on which  deferred  income  taxes  have  been  provided.
Deferred taxes are not required to be provided on tax bad debt reserves recorded
in 1987 and prior years (base year bad debt reserves).  Approximately  $2,679 of
the balances in retained  income at September 30, 1998,  represent base year bad
debt  deductions  for tax purposes only. No provision for federal income tax has
been made for such  amount.  Should  amounts  previously  claimed  as a bad debt
deduction  be used for any purpose  other than to absorb bad debts (which is not
anticipated), tax liabilities will be incurred at the rate then in effect.

On August 20, 1996,  President  Clinton signed  legislation which eliminated the
percentage of taxable income bad debt deduction for thrift  institutions for tax
years beginning  after December 31, 1995.  This new legislation  also requires a
thrift to generally  recapture  the excess of its current tax reserves in excess
of its 1987 base year  reserves.  As the Bank has previously  provided  deferred
taxes on this amount, no financial  statement tax expense resulted from this new
legislation.

                                                                (Note continued)

26
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(17) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital  requirements  administered by
the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital  requirements can
initiate ceratin mandatory -- and possibly  additional  discretionary -- actions
by regulators  that, if  undertaken,  could have a direct  material effet on the
Bank's  financial   statements.   Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  the
regulatory  framework for prompt corrective  action, the Bank must meet specific
capital  guidelines  that involve  quantitative  measures of the Bank's  assets,
liabilities,  and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting  practices.  The Bank's capital amounts and  classification  are also
subject to  qualitative  judgments  by the  regulators  about  components,  risk
weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation to ensure  capital  adequacy
require the Bank to maintain  amounts and ratios (set forth in the table  below)
of total and Tier 1 capital (as  defined in the  regulations)  to  risk-weighted
assets (as  defined)  and of Tier I capital (as  defined) to average  assets (as
defined).  Managemenet  believes,  as of September 30, 1998, that the Bank meets
all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of September 30, 1998, the most recent  notification from the Federal Deposit
Insurance  Corporation  categorized  the  Bank as  well  capitalized  under  the
regulatory  framework for prompt  corrective  action.  To be categorized as well
capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, and Tier I leverage
ratios as set forth in the table.  There are no  conditions or events since that
notification that management believes have changed the institution's category.

The Federal  Reserve  Board (FRB)  measures  capital  adequacy  for bank holding
companies on the basis of a risk-based  capital  framework and a leverage ratio.
The minimum ratio of total risk-based capital to risk-weighted  assets is 8%. At
least  half of the  total  capital  must be  common  stockholders'  equity  (not
inclusive  of  net  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  available-for-sale  debt
securities and net unrealized gainls on  available-for-sale  equity  securities)
and perpetual preferred stock, less good-will and other nonqualifying intangible
assets ("Tier I Capital").  The remained (i.e. the "Tier II risk-based capital")
may consist of hybrid capital  instruments,  perpetual debt,  term  subordinated
debt,  other  preferred  stock and a limited  amount of the  allowance  for loan
losses.  At September  30,l 1998, the Company had Tier I capital as a percentage
of risk-weighted  assets of 16.17% and total risk-based  capital as a percentage
of risk-weighted assets of 17.52%(4)

In addition,  the Federal Reserve Board has established  minimum leverage ration
guidelilnes for bank holding companies.  These guidelilnes currently provide for
a minimum  ratio of Tier I capital as a percentage  of average total assets (the
"Leverage  Ratio") of 3% for bank holding  companies that meet certain criteria,
including that they maintain the highest regulatory rating. The minimum leverage
ratio for all other bank holding  companies is 4%. At  September  30, 1998,  the
Company had a Leverage Ratio of 9.35%.(4).
<PAGE>

A reconciliation of Stockholders' Equity to Regulatory Capital is as follows:

Total Stockholders' equity as September 30, 1998 (1)      $29,021
  Less: Unrealized securities gains (net)                    (927)
  Plus: Qualifying preferred securites (2)                  9,365
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Tier I Capital at September 30, 1998                       37,459
  Plus: Qualifying loan loss allowance(3)                   2,243
  Remaining preferred securities(2)                           885
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total capital at September 30, 1998                       $40,587
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Represents consolidated equity capital of the Company as reported to the FRB
on form FR Y-9C for the quarter ended September 30, 1998.

(2) Amount included in Tier I capital is limited to 25% of total Tier I capital;
the remaining balance is allowabel as Tier II capital.

(3) Limited to 1.l25% of risk adjusted assets.

(4) The  leverage  ration is Tier I capital as a  percentage  of adjusted  total
assets of $400,562 at September 30, 1998. Tier I and Tier II risk-based  capital
is  calculated  as a  percentage  of  risk-weighted  assets  of  #231,601  as of
September 30, 1998.

     
                                                                (Note continued)
                                                                              27
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  concerning  the Bank's
regulatory capital at September 30, 1998 and 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     September 30, 1998                   September 30, 1997
                                                           Tier I      Tier II                  Tier I     Tier II
                                               Tier I       Risk-       Risk-       Tier I       Risk-      Risk-
                                                Core        Based       Based        Core        Based      Based
                                               Capital     Capital     Capital      Capital     Capital    Capital
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                            <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>    
Equity Capital(1)                              $27,325     $27,325    $27,325      $32,648     $32,648   $32,648
Unrealized securities (gains) losses              (887)       (887)      (887)        (229)       (229)     (229)
Less intangible assets                              --          --         --           --          --        --
Plus general valuation allowances(2)                --          --      2,243           --          --     1,931
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Total regulatory capital                   26,438      26,438     28,681       32,419      32,419    34,350
Minimum required capital                        15,617       9,034     18,068       14,795       7,419    14,838
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Excess regulatory capital                  10,821      17,404     10,613       17,624      25,000    19,512
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Minimum required capital to be
     well capitalized under Prompt
     Corrective Action Provisions              $19,521     $13,551    $22,585      $18,494     $11,129   $18,548
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Regulatory capital as a percentage(3)            6.77%      11.71%     12.70%        8.76%      17.48%    18.52%
Minimum required capital percentage              4.00%       4.00%      8.00%        4.00%       4.00%     8.00%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Excess regulatory capital percentage        2.77%       7.71%      4.70%        4.76%      13.48%    10.52%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Minimum required capital percentage
     to be well capitalized under
     Prompt Corrective Action Provisions         5.00%       6.00%     10.00%        5.00%       6.00%    10.00%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1)  Represents  equity  capital  of the  Bank as  reported  to the FDIC and the
Pennsylvania  Department of Banking on Form 032 for the quarter ended  September
30, 1998.
(2) Limited to 1.25% of risk adjusted assets.
(3) Tier I capital is  calculated  as a  percentage  of adjusted  total  average
assets of $390,428 and $369,876 at  September  30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.
Tier I and Tier II risk-based capital are calculated as a percentage of adjusted
risk-weighted  assets of $225,845 and  $185,477 at September  30, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
<PAGE>
(18) EMPLOYEE STOCK COMPENSATION PROGRAM


In fiscal 1988,  the Bank adopted an Employee  Stock  Compensation  Program (the
Program) under which shares of common stock can be issued.  The Program provides
for the grant of both incentive  stock options and  compensatory  stock options.
Further,  the Program provides that the incentive stock option price to purchase
common stock is not less than the fair market value at the date of grant and the
compensatory  stock  option price is equal to or less than the fair market value
of the shares at date of grant,  that all  options  terminate  no later than ten
years from date of grant,  and that options  become  exercisable on a cumulative
basis at 50% each year, commencing one year from date of grant. At September 30,
1998, there were no remaining shares available for granting as determined by the
Program Administrators.

                                                                (Note continued)

28
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

The Company has also adopted the 1993 Employee Stock Compensation Program ("1993
Employee Program"), the 1997 Employee Stock Compensation Program ("1997 Employee
Program") and the 1993 Directors' Stock Option Plan ("Directors'  Plan").  Under
the  1993  Employee  Program  and  the  1997  Employee  Program,  each  eligible
participant  may be granted  options to purchase common stock at an amount equal
to or less than the fair market  value of the shares at the time of the grant of
the  option.  Under  the 1993  Directors'  Plan,  each  person  who  serves as a
non-employee  director of the Company shall be granted as of December 31 of each
year of the  Directors'  Plan an option to purchase 1,890 shares of common stock
exercisable  at a price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant.
Options  granted under the 1993  Employee  Program,  1997  Employee  Program and
Directors'  Plan will  expire no later than 10,  10, and 7 years,  respectively,
from the date on which the option was or is granted.  For the periods presented,
options  granted for all Plans were granted at the fair market value at the date
of grant.  Option  information  presented  reflects  the 25% stock split paid in
March  1998,  the 10%  stock  dividends  paid in May  1997  and May 1996 and all
previous stock dividends.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Average     1993        Average    1993        Average     1997     Average
                                   1988      Exercise   Employee     Exercise Directors'    Exercise   Employee  Exercise
                                  Program      Price     Program       Price     Plan         Price     Program    Price
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>       <C>            <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
September 30, 1995                67,827       $ 5.66    25,150         $9.26    12,500       $10.25       $--        $--
Granted                               --           --    16,920         10.91     6,250        10.91        --         --
Exercised                         (9,803)        4.78      (177)         9.26        --        --           --         --
Forfeited                           (392)       10.70    (1,029)        10.34        --        --           --         --
10% stock dividend                 6,126         5.82     4,147          9.92     1,875        10.47        --         -- 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

September 30, 1996                63,758         5.78    45,011          9.91    20,625        10.47        --         -- 
Granted                               --           --    21,690         14.54     8,250        14.54        --         --      
Exercised                        (27,880)        4.10    (3,902)         9.58    (5,600)       11.54        --         --
Forfeited                            (34)        9.82    (1,620)        11.73        --           --        --         --
10% stock dividend                 4,236         6.68     6,289         11.71     2,319        11.65        --         --  
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

September 30, 1997                40,080         7.05    67,468         11.53    25,594        11.65        --         --
Granted                               --           --        --            --     7,560        23.20    22,820      23.20
Exercised                        (18,730)        4.29    (7,255)        10.52      (100)       14.54        --         --
Forfeited                             --           --    (2,873)        13.01        --           --    (1,179)     23.20
25% stock split                    6,551         8.43    15,539         11.49     8,263        14.29     5,622      23.20
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                             <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>  
September 30, 1998                27,901       $19.22    72,879        $11.56    41,317       $14.29    27,263      23.20
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Average contractual
  life remaining in years           4.53                   7.22                    4.39                   9.26

Option price
  per share                     $3.08-$11.24           $9.26-$14.54            $9.26-23.20               23.20

Options available
  for granting at
  September 30, 1998                  --                  --                     11,346                166,487
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

At September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996,  148,560,  125,727 and 122,418 shares were
immediately   exercisable  at  average  prices  of  $12.67,   $9.14  and  $7.25,
respectively.

                                                                (Note continued)


                                                                              29
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Options Outstanding                                     Options Exercisable
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Number     Weighted-average                                  Number
Range of              Outstanding      Remaining      Weighted-average             Exercisable    Weighted-average
Exercise Prices       at 9/30/98   Contractual Life    Exercise Price              at 9/30/98      Exercise Price
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>            <C>                  <C>                        <C>              <C>   
$3.08 to $4.64           2,678        1.61 years           $ 3.98                     2,678            $ 3.98
$5.74 to $9.26          45,311        5.34                   8.82                    45,311              5.34
$10.91 to $14.54        84,658        6.24                  12.53                    79,804             12.41
$23.20                  36,713        7.89                  23.20                    20,767             23.20
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       169,360        6.22                 $13.71                   148,560            $12.67
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting Standard No.
123,  "Accounting for  Stock-Based  Compensation"("SFASNo.  123").  SFAS No. 123
establishes a fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation
plans.  Effective for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15, 1995, SFAS No.
123 allows  financial  institutions  to expense an estimated fair value of stock
options or to continue to measure  compensation  expense for stock  option plans
using the  intrinsic  value method  prescribed by  Accounting  Principles  Board
Opinion  No. 25  ("APBNo.  25").  Entities  that  elect to  continue  to measure
compensation  expense based on APBNo.  25 must provide pro forma  disclosures of
net income and earnings per share as if the fair value method of accounting  has
been applied.  The Company has elected to continue to measure  compensation cost
using the intrinsic value method  prescribed by APBNo.  25. Had the company used
the fair value  method,  net income and  earnings  per share  would have been as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           September 30,
                                                                                   1998        1997        1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>         <C>   
Net income
  As reported                                                                     $2,925      $2,719      $1,317
  Pro Forma                                                                        2,751       2,643       1,277
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Basic earnings per share
  As reported                                                                     $ 1.49      $ 1.42      $  .70
  Pro Forma                                                                       $ 1.40        1.38         .68
Diluted earnings per share
  As reported                                                                     $ 1.44        1.37         .67
  Pro Forma                                                                       $ 1.35        1.33         .65
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, the weighted-average fair value of
options granted during fiscal 1998 under the 1997 Employee Program was $8.31 and
during fiscal 1997 and 1996 under the 1993 Employee Program was $3.89 and $2.62,
respectively.  The fair value of options  granted under the 1993 Directors' Plan
during fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996 was $8.11, $3.69 and $2.61, respectively.

                                                                (Note continued)

30
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


The fair value for these  options  was  estimated  at the date of grant  using a
Black-Scholes  Option  Valuation  Model  with  the  following   weighted-average
assumptions for 1998 for the 1997 Employee Program:  risk-free  interest rate of
5.72%;  dividend yield of 2.30%;  volatility factor of the expected market price
of the Company's common stock of 23.8%; and a weighted-average  expected life of
the options of 7 years. The following weighted-average  assumptions for 1997 and
1996, respectively,  for the 1993 Employee Program were used: risk-free interest
rates of 6.29% and 5.45%; dividend yields of 2.94% and 3.58%; volatility factors
of the expected  market price of the Company's  common stock of 23.3% and 25.6%;
and a  weighted-average  expected life of the options of 7 years.  The following
weighted-average assumptions for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, for the 1993
Directors' Plan were used:  risk-free  interest rates of 5.71%, 6.21% and 5.38%;
dividend yields of 2.04%,  2.53% and 2.97%;  volatility  factors of the expected
market  price of the  Company's  common  stock of 23.4%,  23.3% and 25.6;  and a
weighted-average expected life of the options of 6.2, 5.4 and 5.4 years.

In management's opinion, existing stock option valuation models do not provide a
reliable single measure of the fair value of employee and director stock options
that have vesting  provisions  and are not  transferable.  In  addition,  option
valuation models require input of highly  subjective  assumptions  including the
expected  stock price  volatility.  Because the  Company's  stock  options  have
characteristics  significantly  different  from  those of  traded  options,  and
because changes in the subjective  input  assumptions can materially  affect the
fair  value  estimate,  in  management's  opinion,  the  existing  models do not
necessarily  provide a  reliable  single  measure of the fair value of its stock
options.

(19) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS


POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS PLAN

During 1998,  the Bank  established a  non-qualified  Salary  Continuation  Plan
covering  certain  officers  of the  Bank.  The Plan is  unfunded  and  provides
benefits to  participants  based upon amounts  stipulated in the Plan agreements
for a period of 15 years from normal  retirement,  as defined in the  respective
Plan agreements.  Participants vest in benefits based upon years of service from
Plan initiation to normal  retirement age. Expense is being accrued based on the
present value of future  benefits  which the  participant  is vested in. Expense
recognized under the Plan for 1998 was approximately $78,000.

The Bank has entered into life insurance  policies designed to offset the Bank's
contractual  obligation to pay  preretirement  death benefits and to recover the
cost of providing  benefits.  Participants in the Plan are the insured under the
policy, and the Bank is the owner and beneficiary.

GROUP TERM REPLACEMENT PLAN

The Bank has purchased life insurance  policies on the lives of certain officers
of the Bank. By way of separate split dollar agreements,  the policy interest is
divided  between  the  Bank and the  officer.  The Bank  owns  the  policy  cash
surrender value,  including  accumulated  policy earnings,  and the policy death
benefits  over and above the cash  surrender  value are endorsed to the employee
and  beneficiary.  Death  benefit  payments are the  obligation of the insurance
company.  The Bank has no benefit  obligation  to the officer,  accordingly,  no
expense  is  accrued  as a result of the Plan.  Income  recognized  in 1998 as a
result of increased cash surrender value was approximately $42,000.

                                                                              31
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

(20) SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Three Month Periods Ended
                                                                        Dec. 31    March 31     June 30   Sept. 30
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>   
Fiscal 1998:
  Interest income                                                       $6,996      $6,855     $7,089      $7,107
  Interest expense                                                       4,311       4,301      4,373       4,379
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Net interest income before provision for loan losses                   2,685       2,554      2,716       2,728
  Provision for loan losses                                                115         110         90          90
  Other income                                                             219         307        315         325
  Operating expenses                                                     1,762       1,751      1,857       1,945
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Income before income taxes                                             1,027       1,000      1,084       1,018
  Income tax provision                                                     359         335        349         161
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Net income                                                            $  668      $ 665      $  735      $  857
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Basic earnings per share                                              $  .34      $  .34     $  .38      $  .43
  Diluted earnings per share                                            $  .33      $  .33     $  .36      $  .42
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fiscal 1997:
  Interest income                                                       $5,603      $5,680     $5,967      $6,713
  Interest expense                                                       3,152       3,194      3,432       4,104
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Net interest income before provision for loan losses                   2,451       2,486      2,535       2,609
  Provision for loan losses                                                115         120        130         135
  Other income                                                             184         224        222         252
  Operating expenses                                                     1,590       1,567      1,610       1,721
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Income before income taxes                                               930       1,023      1,017       1,005
  Income tax provision                                                     307         385        361         203
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Net income                                                            $  623       $ 638     $  656      $  802
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Basic earnings per share                                              $  .33      $  .33     $  .34      $  .42
  Diluted earnings per share                                            $  .32      $  .32     $  .33      $  .40
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
(21) DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS


Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 107,  "Disclosure  about Fair
Value of Financial Instruments" (SFASNo. 107), requires disclosure of fair value
information  about  financial  instruments,  whether  or not  recognized  in the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as of September 30, 1998 and 1997.
SFASNo.  107  excludes  certain  financial  instruments  and  all  non-financial
instruments from its disclosure  requirements.  Accordingly,  the aggregate fair
value  amounts  presented  do not  represent  the  underlying  value of Fidelity
Bancorp,   Inc.  and   subsidiaries.   The  carrying  amounts  reported  in  the
Consolidated  Statements of Financial  Condition  approximate fair value for the
following  financial  instruments:cash,  interest-earning  deposits  with  other
institutions,   investment   securities   available-for-sale,    mortgage-backed
securities available-for-sale, and all deposits except time deposits.

                                                                (Note continued)
32
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

At  September  30,  1998,  the  estimated  fair value of  investment  securities
exceeded the net carrying value by $125. At September 30, 1997, the net carrying
value  of  investment   securities   exceeded  the   estimated   fair  value  by
approximately  $57. The estimated  fair value of  mortgage-backed  securities at
September 30, 1998,  exceeded the net carrying  value by $242.  The net carrying
value  of  mortgage-backed  securities  at  September  30,  1997,  exceeded  the
estimated  fair value by $23.  Estimated  fair values are based on quoted market
prices,  dealer quotes,  and prices obtained from independent  pricing services.
Refer to  Notes 2  through  5 of the  financial  statements  for the  detail  on
breakdowns by type of investment products.

The estimated  fair value of loans  exceeded the net carrying value at September
30, 1998 and 1997 by approximately $1.8 million and $2.5 million,  respectively.
Loans  with  comparable   characteristics  including  collateral  and  repricing
structures were segregated for valuation purposes. Each loan pool was separately
valued utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis.  Projected  monthly cash flows
were  discounted  to present  value  using a market rate for  comparable  loans.
Characteristics of comparable loans included remaining term, coupon interest and
estimated prepayment speeds.

The fair market value of loan  commitments  at both  September 30, 1998 and 1997
was equal to the carrying value of the commitments on those dates.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of deposits at September 30, 1998
and September 30, 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              September 30, 1998            September 30, 1997
                                                           Carrying      Estimated        Carrying     Estimated
                                                            Amount      Fair Value         Amount     Fair Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>               <C>          <C>     
Noninterest-bearing:
     Demand accounts                                        $  9,865     $  9,865          $  9,389     $  9,389
Interest-bearing:
     NOW and MMDA accounts                                    41,930       41,930            39,869       39,869
     Passbook accounts                                        47,423       47,423            47,514       47,514
     Time deposits                                           162,517      164,893           147,420      148,112
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Deposits                                              $261,735     $264,111          $244,192     $244,884
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The carrying amounts of  noninterest-bearing  demand accounts,  interest-bearing
NOWand MMDA accounts and passbook accounts  approximate their fair values.  Fair
values for time deposits are estimated using a discounted cash flow  calculation
that applies  contractual cost currently being offered in the existing portfolio
to current market rates being offered locally for deposits of similar  remaining
maturities.
<PAGE>
The carrying  amounts and estimated fair values of advances and other borrowings
at September 30, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              September 30, 1998            September 30, 1997
                                                           Carrying      Estimated        Carrying     Estimated
                                                            Amount      Fair Value         Amount     Fair Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>     
Advances and other borrowings                              $112,320      $115,738         $108,133     $108,087
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Fair values for advances and other  borrowings are estimated  using a discounted
cash flow calculation that applies  contractual cost of the existing  borrowings
to current  market  rates being  offered  for  borrowings  of similar  remaining
maturities.


                                                                              33
<PAGE>
              NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)


(22) FIDELITY BANCORP, INC. FINANCIAL INFORMATION


         (Parent Company Only)

Following are condensed financial statements for the parent company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                                                                                               September 30,
                                                                                             1998          1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>            <C>    
Assets
  Cash in subsidiary bank                                                                 $  1,674       $   615
  Investment in subsidiary bank                                                             26,465        32,648
  Investment in subsidiary trust                                                               309           320
  Investment securities available-for-sale                                                   7,979         1,194
  Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale                                              1,413            --
  Loan receivable from bank subsidiary                                                          --         1,167
  Other assets                                                                               1,818           739
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total Assets                                                                           $39,658       $36,683
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Liabilities
  Subordinated debentures                                                                   10,567        10,567
  Other liabilities                                                                             70           235
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total Liabilities                                                                       10,637        10,802
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stockholders' Equity
  Common stock ($.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized;
   1,978,543 and 1,943,469 shares issued and outstanding)                                       20            15
  Additional paid-in capital                                                                14,168        13,811
  Retained earnings                                                                         14,106        11,822
  Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale, net                                 727           233
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total Stockholders' Equity                                                              29,021        25,881
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                             $39,658       $36,683
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                                                        September 30,
                                                                               1998          1997          1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>   
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries                              $2,117        $2,400        $  310
Dividends received from subsidiary                                             1,167           520         1,010
Interest income                                                                  577            96            36
Interest expense                                                              (1,055)         (403)           --
Other income                                                                      74            36            --
Other expenses                                                                   (32)          (42)         $(40)
Income tax provision (benefit)                                                   (77)         (112)          $(1)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Net Income                                                                $2,925        $2,719        $1,317
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                                                (Note continued)
34
<PAGE>
              NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued


(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                                                         September 30,
                                                                               1998          1997         1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>   
Operating Activities
  Net income                                                                  $2,925        $2,719        $1,317
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
      Equity in undistributed earnings in subsidiary                          (2,117)       (2,400)         (310)
      Increase in interest payable                                                --           218            --
      Gain on sale of investments                                                (74)          (36)           --
      Increase in interest receivable                                           (109)          (39)           --
      Other changes, net                                                          14            --             2
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Net cash provided (used) by operating activities                         639           462         1,009
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investing Activities
  Capital contribution to Bank subsidiary                                     (1,000)       (8,000)           --
  Purchase of investment securities and
    mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale                             (4,082)         (710)         (548)
  Sale of investment securities available-for-sale                             2,105           145            --
  Maturities and principal repayments
    of investment securities and mortgage-backed
    securities available-for-sale                                              2,616           250            --
  Investment in trust subsidiary                                                  --          (317)           --
  Loan receivable from Bank subsidiary, net of repayments                      1,167        (1,167)           --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Net cash provided (used) by investing activities                         806        (9,799)         (548)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Financing Activities
  Stock options exercised                                                        181           292            70 
  Sale of stock through Dividend Reinvestment Plan                               110            82            57
  Dividends paid                                                                (641)         (517)         (409)
  Issuance of subordinated debentures                                             --        10,567            -- 
  Debt issuance costs                                                            (36)         (688)           -- 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Net cash provided (used) by financing activities                        (386)        9,736          (282)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Increase (decrease) in cash                                            1,059           399           179 
Cash at Beginning of Year                                                        615           216            37 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash at End of Year                                                          $ 1,674      $    615        $  216
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
During  fiscal 1998,  $9.0 million of investment  securities  available-for-sale
were  transferred  to the Company from the Bank  representing  distributions  of
prior years' undistributed  earnings.  Fidelity Bancorp,  Inc. is a bank holding
company  organized  under the  Pennsylvania  Business  Corporation  Law.  It was
organized  to operate  principally  as a holding  company  for its wholly  owned
subsidiary,  Fidelity Bank. The Company  acquired the Bank in a  reorganization,
approved by the  stockholders  of the Bank on January 26, 1993, and completed on
August 19, 1993. On May 13, 1997, FB Capital Trust, a statutory  business trust,
was created under  Delaware law. The Trust is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the
Company.

(23) CONTINGENT LIABILITIES


The Company is subject to a number of asserted and unasserted  potential  claims
encountered  in the normal course of business.  In the opinion of management and
legal counsel,  the resolution of these claims will not have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's financial position, liquidity or results of operations.


                                                                              35
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



GENERAL

The Company  reported net income of $2.9 million,  $2.7 million and $1.3 million
for fiscal 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Included in fiscal 1996 results
was a one time pre-tax charge to recapitalize the Savings Association  Insurance
Fund ("SAIF") of approximately $1.5 million.

Moderate asset growth was attained in fiscal 1998. Assets were $406.0 million at
September  30, 1998,  an increase of $25.1  million or 6.6% from  September  30,
1997. The growth was reflected primarily in the loan portfolio and in investment
securities available-for-sale, partially offset by a decrease in mortgage-backed
securities.  The loan  portfolio  increased  $36.0  million  or 19.7% to  $218.9
million at September  30, 1998,  and  investment  securities  available-for-sale
increased  $13.0  million or 29.2% for the same  period,  while  mortgage-backed
securities  decreased  by $25.0  million  or 19.6%.  The  growth  was  funded by
increased  deposits  and  an  increase  in  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  advances.
Stockholders'  equity also increased from the prior year. At September 30, 1998,
stockholder's  equity was $29.0  million,  an increase of $3.1  million or 12.1%
from September 30, 1997. This increase reflects both net income for the year, as
well as an increase in  unrealized  gain on securities  available-for-sale  from
$233,000 at September 30, 1997, to $727,000 at September 30, 1998.

Net interest income increased in fiscal 1998 to $10.7 million from $10.1 million
in fiscal  1997.  Net  interest  income  was $9.2  million in fiscal  1996.  The
provision  for loan losses  continues  to  significantly  impact  profitability,
amounting to  $405,000,  $500,000,  and $270,000 in fiscal 1998,  1997 and 1996,
respectively.  In  addition,  results  from the  sale of  securities  have  also
contributed to profitability, amounting to gains of $84,000, $53,000 and $27,000
in fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

The operating results of the Bank depend primarily upon its net interest income,
which is the difference between the yield earned on its interest-earning  assets
and the rates paid on its interest-bearing  liabilities  (interest-rate  spread)
and   also  the   relative   amounts   of  its   interest-earning   assets   and
interest-bearing  liabilities. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998, the
tax-equivalent  interest-rate spread decreased to 2.74%, as compared to 2.99% in
fiscal 1997. The  tax-equivalent  spread in fiscal 1996 was 3.17%.  The ratio of
average   interest-earning  assets  to  average   interest-bearing   liabilities
increased  slightly to 104.2% in fiscal 1998,  from 104.1% in fiscal  1997.  The
ratio was 104.2% in fiscal  1996.  The  decrease  in the spread for fiscal  1998
reflects  several  factors,  including  a  decrease  in the yield  earned on the
mortgage  loan  portfolio,  as well as the  continued  use of wholesale  funding
sources to fund  growth.  The Bank's  operating  results  are also  affected  to
varying  degrees by, among other  things,  service  charges and fees,  gains and
losses on sales of  securities  and  loans,  provision  for loan  losses,  other
operating income, operating expenses and income taxes.

ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

The Company's  vulnerability to interest rate risk exists to the extent that its
interest-bearing  liabilities,  consisting of customer  deposits and borrowings,
mature or reprice more rapidly or on a different basis than its interest-earning
assets,   which  consist  primarily  of  intermediate  or  long-term  loans  and
investments and mortgage-backed securities.
<PAGE>
The principal  determinant of the exposure of the Company's earnings to interest
rate risk is the timing  difference  between  the  repricing  or maturity of the
Company's   interest-earning  assets  and  the  repricing  or  maturity  of  its
interest-bearing  liabilities.  If the maturities of such assets and liabilities
were  perfectly  matched,  and if the interest  rates  carried by its assets and
liabilities  were equally flexible and moved  concurrently,  neither of which is
the case, the impact on net interest  income of rapid  increases or decreases in
interest rates would be minimized.

The  objective of interest  rate risk  management  is to control,  to the extent
possible,  the effects  that  interest  rate  fluctuations  have on net interest
income and on the net present value of the Company's interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities.  Management  and the  Board are  responsible  for
managing interest rate risk and employing risk management  policies that monitor
and limit  exposure to interest rate risk.  Interest rate risk is measured using
net interest margin simulation and asset/liability net present value sensitivity
analyses.  These analyses  provide a range of potential  impacts on net interest
income and portfolio equity caused by interest rate movements.


36
<PAGE>
                 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - continued


The Company uses financial modeling to measure the impact of changes in interest
rates  on the net  interest  margin.  Assumptions  are made  regarding  loan and
mortgage-backed securities prepayments and amortization rates of passbook, money
market  and  NOW  account  withdrawal  rates.  In  addition,  certain  financial
instruments  may provide  customers  with a degree of  "optionality",  whereby a
shift in  interest  rates may result in  customers  changing  to an  alternative
financial instrument,  such as from a variable to fixed rate loan product. Thus,
the effects of changes in future  interest rates on these  assumptions may cause
actual results to differ from simulation results.

The Company has established the following  guidelines for assuming interest rate
risk:

Net interest  margin  simulation - Given a +/- 200 basis point parallel shift in
interest  rates,  the estimated net interest  margin may not change by more than
15% for a one-year period.

Portfolio  equity  simulation - Portfolio equity is the net present value of the
Company's  existing assets and  liabilities.  Given a +200 basis point change in
interest  rates,  portfolio  equity may not  decrease  by more than 40% of total
stockholders'  equity.  Given a -200  basis  point  change  in  interest  rates,
portfolio  equity  may not  decrease  by more  than 20% of  total  stockholders'
equity.

The following table illustrates the simulated impact of a 100 basis point or 200
basis point upward or downward movement in interest rates on net interest income
and the  change in  portfolio  equity.  This  analysis  was done  assuming  that
interest-earning  asset and  interest-bearing  liability levels at September 30,
1998  remained  constant.  The impact of the rate  movements  was  developed  by
simulating  the effect of rates  changing  over a  twelve-month  period from the
September 30, 1998 levels.

INTEREST RATE SIMULATION SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

Movements in interest rates from September 30, 1998 rates:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Increase               Decrease
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     +100 bp    +200 bp      -100 bp   -200 bp
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>           <C>       <C>  
Net interest income increase (decrease)               (1.6)%      (6.8)%       2.4%      2.0%
Increase (decrease) in return on average equity       (2.8)%     (12.0)%       4.1%      3.4%
Increase (decrease) in basic and diluted
  earnings per share                                  (2.9)%     (12.5)%       4.3%      3.7%
Portfolio equity increase (decrease)                  (7.6)%     (36.4)%       0.6%      4.4%
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
The matching of assets and  liabilities  may be analyzed by examining the extent
to which such  assets and  liabilities  are  "interest  rate  sensitive"  and by
monitoring  an  institution's  interest  rate  sensitivity  "gap".  An  asset or
liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if
it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity
gap  is  defined  as  the  difference   between   interest-earning   assets  and
interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given time period. A
gap is considered  positive when the amount of interest  rate  sensitive  assets
exceeds interest rate sensitive  liabilities.  A gap is considered negative when
the  amount  of  interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities  exceeds  interest  rate
sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would
tend to adversely affect net interest income, while a positive gap would tend to
result  in an  increase  in net  interest  income.  During a period  of  falling
interest  rates,  a  negative  gap would  tend to result in an  increase  in net
interest  income,  while a  positive  gap would  tend to  adversely  affect  net
interest  income.  The  Company  has seen a decrease  in its one year gap from a
negative  11.6% at September  30, 1997 to a positive 1.0% at September 30, 1998.
The Bank considers this result at September 30, 1998 to be within its acceptable
target  range.  As part of its  efforts  to  minimize  the  impact of changes in
interest rates, the Company continues to emphasize the origination of loans with
adjustable-rate  features or which have shorter  average lives,  the purchase of
adjustable-rate  securities, the extension of interest-bearing  liabilities when
market  conditions  permit,  and  the  maintenance  of a  large  portion  of the
investment and mortgage-backed  securities portfolios in the  available-for-sale
category  that could be sold in response to interest rate  movements.  The table
below  shows the Bank's gap  position  at  September  30,  1998 based on certain
assumptions as to prepayments and amortization of loans, investments and deposit
withdrawals.   The  assumptions  used  may  not  be  indicative  of  the  actual
prepayments and withdrawals which may be experienced by the Company.


                                                                              37
<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - continued
                        
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              September 30, 1998
                                                                             -----------------------
                                                                             Over Three       After
                                                                               Months       One Year
                                                                   Three       Through       Through     After
                                                                  Months       Twelve         Five       Five
(dollars in thousands)                                            Or Less      Months         Years      Years
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>     
Interest-earning assets                                          $78,329       $65,163     $171,184      $92,196 

Deposits, escrow
  liabilities and borrowed funds                                  53,367        86,031      161,701       74,081 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest sensitivity                                             $24,962      $(20,868)      $9,483      $18,115 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cumulative interest sensitivity                                  $24,962        $4,094      $13,577      $31,692 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cumulative ratio as a percent of total assets                        6.1%          1.0%         3.3%         7.8%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


In addition to managing the Bank's gap as discussed above, Fidelity has an Asset
Liability   Management   Committee  composed  of  senior  officers  which  meets
periodically  to review the Bank's exposure to interest rate risk resulting from
other factors.  Among the areas  reviewed are progress on previously  determined
strategies,  national and local economic conditions, the projected interest rate
outlook, loan and deposit demand, pricing, liquidity position, capital position,
and regulatory developments.  Management's evaluation of these factors indicates
the current strategies of emphasizing the origination and purchase of adjustable
rate or shorter-term  loan products,  while retaining in the portfolio the fixed
rate loans  originated,  purchasing  investments with either fixed or adjustable
rates  and  competitively  pricing  deposits  produces  an  acceptable  level of
interest rate risk in the current environment.
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Fidelity's  primary  sources of funds have  historically  consisted of deposits,
amortization   and   prepayments  of  outstanding   loans  and   mortgage-backed
securities,  borrowings from the FHLB of Pittsburgh and other sources, including
repurchase  agreements,  and sales of investments.  During fiscal 1998, the Bank
used its capital  resources  primarily to meet its ongoing  commitments  to fund
maturing  savings  certificates  and  savings  withdrawals,  fund  existing  and
continuing loan  commitments and asset growth and to maintain its liquidity.  At
September  30,  1998 the total of  approved  loan  commitments  amounted to $3.3
million and the Bank had $12.9 million of undisbursed  loan funds. The amount of
savings  certificates  which are scheduled to mature in the twelve-month  period
ended  September  30,  1998 is $106.2  million.  Management  believes  that,  by
evaluation of competitive instruments and pricing in its market area, it can, in
most  circumstances,  manage and control maturing deposits so that a substantial
amount of such deposits are redeposited in the Bank.

CAPITAL

The  Bank  currently  exceeds  all  regulatory  capital  requirements,  having a
leverage  ratio of Tier 1  capital  to  total  assets  of  6.77%  and a ratio of
qualifying total capital to risk-weighted  assets and off-balance sheet items of
12.70% at  September  30, 1998.  As a result,  regulatory  capital  requirements
should have no material impact on operations.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

The Bank's  assets were $406.0  million at September  30,  1998,  an increase of
$25.1  million or 6.6% over assets at September 30, 1997.  The growth  primarily
reflects  an   increase   in  loans   receivable   and   investment   securities
available-for-sale,   partially   offset  by  a  decrease   in   mortgage-backed
securities.  The growth was primarily funded by an increase in savings deposits,
and to a lesser degree, advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh.


38
<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - continued


LOAN PORTFOLIO

Net loans  receivable  increased  $36.0  million  or 19.7% to $218.9  million at
September 30, 1998 from $182.9 million at September 30, 1997.  Loans  originated
totaled $105.6 million in fiscal 1998 versus $70.0 million in fiscal 1997.

Mortgage loans originated  amounted to $58.8 million and $34.9 million in fiscal
1998 and 1997,  respectively.  The Bank did not purchase  any mortgage  loans in
fiscal 1998 or 1997. The increase in the level of mortgage loan  originations in
fiscal 1998 reflects the Bank's  continued  emphasis on this type of lending and
loan  pricing  strategies  that  enabled the Bank to remain  competitive  in the
market.  In  addition,  the Bank  increased  the  number of full  time  mortgage
originators  employed and increased the amount of business done with independent
mortgage loan brokers.  All loans  originated  through brokers are in the Bank's
primary  market area.  The  origination  of adjustable  rate  mortgages  (ARM's)
increased  to $17.7  million in fiscal 1998 from $10.8  million in fiscal  1997.
This increase reflected the increased popularity,  particularly among commercial
mortgage customers,  of adjustable rate loans with longer initial reset periods,
usually three to five years.  Principal repayments on outstanding mortgage loans
also  increased  to $25.7  million in fiscal 1998 as  compared to $16.9  million
fiscal  1997.  The  combination  of the above  factors  resulted  in an  overall
increase in mortgage  loans  receivable to $148.9  million at September 30, 1998
from $124.8 million at September 30, 1997.

Other loan  originations,  including  installment loans and commercial  business
loans, totaled $37.1 million in fiscal 1998 versus $35.5 million in fiscal 1997.
During fiscal 1998,  the Bank continued to emphasize  other loans,  particularly
home equity loans,  equity lines of credit and commercial  business loans, since
they  generally  have shorter terms than mortgage loans and would perform better
in a rising rate  environment.  In addition,  the Bank  increased  the number of
commercial  business loan  officers  employed.  The Bank was  successful in this
strategy and saw the balance of  installment  loans increase to $49.1 million at
September  30,  1998,  as  compared  to $43.1  million at  September  30,  1997.
Commercial  business loans and leases also  experienced a significant  increase,
totaling  $23.2  million at September 30, 1998 versus $16.9 million at September
30, 1997.

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

The following table sets forth information  regarding non-accrual loans and real
estate owned at the dates  indicated.  The Bank did not have any accruing  loans
which  were 90 days or more  overdue  or any  loans  which  were  classified  as
troubled debt restructurings at the dates presented.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                    September 30,
                                                                      1998              1997             1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>                <C>              <C>        
Non-accrual residential real
  estate loans (one-to-four family)                               $   224,000        $   94,000       $  567,000 
Non-accrual construction, multi-
  family residential and
  commercial real estate loans                                        199,000           751,000          134,000 
Non-accrual installment and
  commercial business loans                                           129,000           271,000          457,000 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total non-performing loans                                           $552,000        $1,116,000       $1,158,000 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total non-performing loans as
  a percent of net loans receivable                                       .25%              .61%             .77%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total real estate owned, net of
  related reserves                                                   $ 21,000          $     --        $ 370,000 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total non-performing loans and real estate
  owned as a percent of total assets                                      .14%              .29%             .48%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                                                              39
<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - continued

At September 30, 1998, non-accrual loans consisted of six 1-4 family residential
real estate  loans  totaling  $224,000,  one  commercial  real  estate  property
totaling $199,000, seven installment loans totaling $28,000, and four commercial
business loan totaling $101,000.  The commercial real estate loan is on a retail
building that is currently leased. The Bank has begun foreclosure proceedings on
the  loan.  Three of the  commercial  business  loans are  commercial  leases on
equipment  and the fourth is an SBA  guaranteed  loan on a retail  establishment
that has  declared  bankruptcy.  Management  has  evaluated  these  loans and is
satisfied that the allowance for possible  losses on loans at September 30, 1998
is adequate.  The allowance for possible losses on loans has increased from $1.5
million at September  30, 1996 to $1.9 million at September 30, 1997 and to $2.2
million at September  30, 1998.  The balance at September  30, 1998, at 1.02% of
net  loans  receivable  and  406.3%  of  non-performing   loans,  is  considered
reasonable by management.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY

Mortgage-backed securities  held-to-maturity decreased $14.1 million or 41.5% to
$19.9 million at September 30, 1998 from $34.1 million at September 30, 1997. No
purchases or sales of mortgage-backed  securities  held-to-maturity were made in
fiscal 1998. The decrease in the balance represents  principal payments received
in fiscal 1998.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

Mortgage-backed securities  available-for-sale  decreased $10.9 million to $83.0
million at September 30, 1998 from $93.9  million at September  30, 1997.  These
securities may be held for indefinite  periods of time and are generally used as
part of the Bank's asset/liability  management strategy. These securities may be
sold in  response  to changes in  interest  rates,  prepayment  rates or to meet
liquidity  needs.  During fiscal 1998, the Bank purchased $52.6 million of these
securities,  of which $18.3 million had adjustable-rate features, and sold $43.8
million.  Sales of these securities in fiscal 1998 resulted in a net pretax loss
of $125,000.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY

Investment  securities  decreased  $1.9  million  or  22.4% to $6.6  million  at
September  30,  1998,  compared to $8.5 million at  September  30,  1997.  These
investments are comprised of U.S.  Government and Agency securities,  tax-exempt
municipal  securities and asset-backed  securities.  The decrease in fiscal 1998
reflects the purchase of $13.0 million of these  securities,  with $14.9 million
of the  securities  called or  matured  in fiscal  1998.  There were no sales of
investment securities held-to-maturity in fiscal 1998.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

Investment  securities  available-for-sale  increased  $13.0 million or 29.2% to
$57.6  million at September  30, 1998 as compared to September  30, 1997.  These
securities  provide  an  additional  source  of  liquidity  for the Bank and the
Company and consist of U.S. Government and Agency securities, tax-free municipal
obligations,  mutual funds,  Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation  stock, and
other equity  securities.  Purchases in fiscal 1998  totaled  $35.2  million and
sales totaled $17.3 million, resulting in a net pretax gain of $209,000.
<PAGE>
OFFICE PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Office  premises  and  equipment  decreased  $22,000  or .6% to $3.4  million at
September  30, 1998.  During fiscal 1998,  renovations  of some of the Company's
back office  facilities  were  undertaken.  In addition,  costs were incurred to
upgrade certain equipment to meet Year 2000  requirements.  These additions were
offset by depreciation on existing facilities and equipment.


40
<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - continued


SAVINGS DEPOSITS

Savings deposits increased $17.5 million during fiscal 1998 to $261.7 million at
September 30, 1998. Deposit increases occurred in demand deposits,  NOW accounts
and time  deposit  accounts,  while  balances  in money  markets  decreased  and
balances in passbook accounts were essentially unchanged.

The stability in passbook  accounts  reflects the low interest rate  environment
that  existed  in much of  fiscal  1998,  as  well as the  relative  uncertainly
surrounding  the stock market in late fiscal 1998.  Bank rates on such  accounts
stayed  relatively  constant and some depositors sought the safety and certainty
of  these  products.  Demand  deposits  and NOW  accounts  are  relatively  rate
insensitive  and  the  increased  balances  in  these  categories  reflects  the
increased  emphasis  management  has placed on  attracting  and  retaining  such
accounts.  The increase in time  deposits  reflects a more  aggressive  position
taken by the Bank to try to attract such deposits.  During fiscal 1998, the Bank
priced certain certificates of deposit at or near the top of the local market in
an attempt to attract  funds.  This  strategy was  successful  as time  deposits
increased approximately $15.1 million.

BORROWINGS

Federal Home Loan Bank advances and reverse  repurchase  agreements  outstanding
increased  $4.2 million or 4.3% to $102.1  million at September  30, 1998,  from
$97.9 million at September 30, 1997. The Bank continues to utilize FHLB advances
and reverse repurchase  agreements as both a short-term funding source and as an
effective means to structure borrowings to complement asset/liability management
goals.

In May 1997, a statutory  business  trust created  under  Delaware law that is a
subsidiary of the Company,  issued $10.25 million of 9.75% Preferred Securities.
A portion of the proceeds from the Preferred  Securities count as Tier 1 capital
of the Company under Federal Reserve Board guidelines and the dividend  payments
on the Preferred  Securities are tax deductible to the Company. A portion of the
proceeds were used to contribute  capital through an investment in the Bank. The
Company  believed  that  this  was  a  relatively  inexpensive  means  to  raise
additional   regulatory  capital  which  could  then  be  leveraged  to  provide
additional growth, and earnings opportunities.

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Stockholders'  equity  increased  $3.1  million  or 12.1% to  $29.0  million  at
September  30, 1998 compared to September  30, 1997.  The increase  results from
1998 net income of $2.9  million,  stock  options  exercised of $181,000,  stock
issued  under the  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan of  $110,000  and an increase in
unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale of $494,000.
Partially offsetting these increases were cash dividends paid of $641,000.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996

Net income was $2.9 million for the year ended  September  30, 1998  compared to
$2.7 million for fiscal 1997 and $1.3 million for fiscal 1996.


                                                                              41
<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - continued


INTEREST RATE SPREAD

The  Bank's   interest   rate  spread,   the   difference   between   yields  on
interest-earning  assets  and  the  cost  of  funds,  decreased  to  2.74%  on a
tax-equivalent  basis in fiscal 1998 from 2.99% in fiscal  1997.  The spread was
3.17% in fiscal  1996.  The  following  table shows the  average  tax-equivalent
yields earned on the Bank's  interest-earning  assets and the average rates paid
on its  interest-bearing  liabilities for the periods  indicated,  the resulting
interest rate spreads, and the net yields on interest-earning assets.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            Fiscal Years Ended September 30,
                                                                            1998           1997          1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>           <C>             <C>  
Average yield on:
  Mortgage loans                                                             7.96%         8.01%           8.33%
  Mortgage-backed securities                                                 6.45          6.37            6.29
  Installment loans                                                          8.45          8.38            8.41
  Commercial business loans                                                  9.84          9.90            9.86
  Interest-earning deposits with other
    institutions, investment securities,(1)
    and FHLB stock                                                           6.95          6.76            6.98
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total interest-earning assets                                                7.48          7.39            7.44
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Average rates paid on:
  Savings deposits                                                           4.24          4.05            4.17
  Borrowed funds                                                             5.94          5.42            4.95
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total interest-bearing liabilities                                           4.74          4.40            4.27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Average interest rate spread                                                 2.74%         2.99%           3.17%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net yield on interest-earning assets                                         2.93%         3.16%           3.33%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1) Interest income on tax free investments has been adjusted for federal income
tax purposes using a rate of 34%.

<PAGE>
INTEREST INCOME ON LOANS

Interest  income on loans increased by $3.0 million or 21.7% to $16.6 million in
fiscal 1998 as compared  to fiscal  1997.  The  increase  primarily  reflects an
increase in the average size of the loan portfolio.  The average yield earned on
the loan  portfolio was comparable  between years.  The average size of the loan
portfolio  increased from an average balance of $165.2 million in fiscal 1997 to
$201.0 million in fiscal 1998. The increase in the loan portfolio  reflects both
management's  continued  efforts to expand  lending  and the  decision to retain
newly  originated  mortgage loans in the portfolio,  rather than selling them in
the  secondary  market.  Interest  income on loans  increased by $2.2 million or
18.8% to $13.6  million in fiscal 1997 as compared to fiscal 1996.  The increase
primarily  reflects  an  increase  in the  average  size of the loan  portfolio,
partially offset by a decrease in the average yield earned on loans.


42
<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - continued


INTEREST INCOME ON MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

Interest income on mortgage-backed  securities  increased by $633,000 or 9.1% to
$7.6  million in fiscal  1998 from $7.0  million  in fiscal  1997.  The  average
balance of mortgage-backed securities held, including mortgage-backed securities
available-for-sale,  increased  from  $109.3  million  in fiscal  1997 to $117.8
million in fiscal  1998.  The increase  also  reflected an increase in the yield
earned on these  securities in fiscal 1998. The yield earned on  mortgage-backed
securities  is  affected,  to  some  degree,  by the  repayment  rate  of  loans
underlying the securities.  Premiums or discounts on the securities, if any, are
amortized  to interest  income over the life of the  securities  using the level
yield method. During periods of falling interest rates,  repayments of the loans
underlying the securities generally increase, which shortens the average life of
the  securities and  accelerates  the  amortization  of the premium or discount.
Falling  rates,  however,  also  tend  to  increase  the  market  value  of  the
securities.  A rising rate environment  generally causes a reduced level of loan
repayments and a corresponding decrease in premium/discount amortization rates.

Interest income on mortgage-backed  securities increased by $844,000 or 13.8% to
$7.0  million in fiscal  1997 from $6.1  million  in fiscal  1996.  The  average
balance of mortgage-backed securities held, including mortgage-backed securities
available-for-sale,  increased  from  $97.3  million  in  fiscal  1996 to $109.3
million in fiscal  1997.  The increase  also  reflected an increase in the yield
earned on these securities in fiscal 1997.

INTEREST INCOME ON INVESTMENTS

Interest  income on  investments  (including  those  available-for-sale),  which
includes  interest-earning  deposits  with other  institutions  and FHLB  stock,
increased  to $3.9  million in fiscal  1998.  It was $3.4 million in both fiscal
1997 and 1996.  The fiscal 1998 results  reflect both an increase in the average
balance of such investments to $63.0 million in fiscal 1998 as compared to $54.1
million in fiscal  1997,  as well as an increase  in the average  tax-equivalent
yield earned in fiscal 1998 as compared to fiscal 1997.

Interest  income on  investments  was $3.4 million in both fiscal 1997 and 1996.
The results reflect both a decrease in the average  balance of such  investments
to $54.1  million in fiscal 1997 as compared to $55.0 million in fiscal 1996, as
well as a decrease in the average  tax-equivalent yield earned in fiscal 1997 as
compared to fiscal 1996.

INTEREST EXPENSE ON SAVINGS DEPOSITS

Interest on deposits  increased $1.4 million or 14.4% to $10.9 million in fiscal
1998 from $9.6 million in fiscal 1997. The increase reflects both an increase in
the average  balance of deposits in fiscal 1998,  as compared to fiscal 1997, as
well as an increase in the average rate paid on deposits.  The increase in rates
results primarily from the growth in certificate of deposit accounts,  which are
generally higher costing than other types of deposits.

Interest on deposits  decreased  $505,000 or 5.0% to $9.6 million in fiscal 1997
from $10.1 million in fiscal 1996. The decrease  reflects both a decrease in the
average  balance of deposits in fiscal 1997, as compared to fiscal 1996, as well
as a decrease in the average rate paid on deposits.
<PAGE>
INTEREST EXPENSE ON BORROWED FUNDS

Interest  expense on  borrowed  funds  increased  $2.1  million or 48.8% to $6.4
million in fiscal 1998 compared to fiscal 1997.  The increase  reflects a higher
level of borrowing  in fiscal 1998,  as well as an increase in the cost of these
funds. The Bank continued to use FHLB advances and repurchase agreements as cost
effective  sources  of  funding  in  fiscal  1998 and 1997,  as well as  issuing
Preferred  Securities  for the first time in fiscal  1997.  Interest  expense on
borrowed  funds  increased $2.6 million or 145.1% to $4.3 million in fiscal 1997
compared to fiscal 1996.  The  increase  reflects a higher level of borrowing in
fiscal 1997, as well as an increase in the cost of these funds.


                                                                              43
<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - continued


PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

The provision for loan losses was $405,000, $500,000 and $270,000 for the fiscal
years ended  September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The variation in
the  provisions  reflects  management's  decision to  continue  to increase  the
balance  in the  allowance  for  possible  losses  on  loans as the  total  loan
portfolio balance  continues to grow. Based on these factors,  the allowance has
grown from $1.5 million at September  30, 1996 to $2.2 million at September  30,
1998. Loan charge-offs,  net of recoveries,  improved to $92,000 in fiscal 1998,
compared to $100,000 in fiscal 1997.  Net  charge-offs  were  $169,000 in fiscal
1996.

A monthly  review is conducted by management to determine that the allowance for
possible loan losses is adequate to absorb estimated loan losses. In determining
the level of  allowances  for possible  loan losses,  consideration  is given to
general  economic  conditions,   the  diversification  of  the  loan  portfolio,
historical loss experience,  identified credit problems,  delinquency levels and
the  adequacy  of  collateral.  Although  management  believes  that the current
allowance for loan losses is adequate,  future  additions to the reserves may be
necessary  due to changes in  economic  conditions.  In  addition,  the  various
regulatory agencies review the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses as part
of their examination process and may require additions to the allowance based on
their judgment.

OTHER INCOME

Fidelity's  non-interest or total other income increased by $285,000 or 32.3% to
$1.2 million in fiscal 1998 as compared to fiscal 1997.  Other income  increased
by $150,000 or 20.5% to $882,000 in fiscal 1997 compared to fiscal 1996.

Included in non-interest income was service fee income on loans and late charges
which  increased  by $42,000 in fiscal 1998 and  increased  by $14,000 in fiscal
1997 over the respective  prior years.  The increase in fiscal 1998 is primarily
attributable to an increase in late charges on mortgage loans, the imposition of
a late charge on credit cards and the  collection  of a fee related to a program
whereby  customers  could skip their  regular loan  payments  over the Christmas
holidays.  The  increase  in fiscal  1997  primarily  reflects  an  increase  in
commercial  loan fees,  partially  offset by a decrease in late charges on loans
and fees on loans serviced for others.

The  Bank  recorded  a net  gain  of  $84,000  on the  sale  of  investment  and
mortgage-backed  securities  in fiscal  1998 as  compared  to a net gain on such
sales of $53,000 in fiscal 1997.  Fiscal 1996 results showed a $27,000 net gain.
All sales in fiscal  1998,  1997 and 1996 were made from the  available-for-sale
category and reflected normal efforts to reposition portions of the portfolio at
various times during the years to reflect changing economic conditions, changing
market conditions and to carry out asset/liability management strategies.

Gain on sale of loans was  $11,000,  $28,000 and  $17,000 in fiscal  years 1998,
1997 and  1996,  respectively.  The Bank may sell a  portion  of the  fixed-rate
mortgages it originates,  generally  those with terms greater than 15 years,  to
the Federal National Mortgage Association  ("FNMA").  In addition,  the bank may
sell a portion of the loans  originated  under low income  housing  programs  in
which it  participates  in the Pittsburgh  area.  Also, the Bank sells education
<PAGE>
loans to the Student Loan  Marketing  Association  ("SLMA").  Such sales to SLMA
generally  result  in some gain or loss  being  realized  and are being  done to
reduce the Bank's  position in these loans,  which are generally  lower yielding
and subject to extensive  and costly  government  regulation.  The Bank does not
intend to originate additional  education loans for its portfolio,  except those
that will be serviced  by SLMA.  Sales to FNMA,  SLMA and of low income  housing
program loans were not significant,  at under $1 million in each of fiscal 1998,
1997 or 1996,  however the net gains  recorded in those years reflect the timing
of the sales.

Other operating  income includes  miscellaneous  sources of income which consist
primarily of various fees  related to checking  accounts,  fees from the sale of
cashiers  checks and money  orders,  and safe  deposit box rental  income.  Such
income  amounted to $941,000,  $712,000  and  $614,000 in fiscal 1998,  1997 and
1996,  respectively.  The increase in fiscal 1998 is primarily due to debit card
fees, the imposition of a surcharge beginning April 1, 1998 on nonbank customers
for the use of the Bank's automated  teller  machines,  and earnings on the cash
surrender value of life insurance  policies on certain executive  officers.  The
increase in fiscal 1997 primarily  reflects  increased  automatic teller machine
fees and returned check charges.


44
<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - continued


OTHER EXPENSES

Operating  expenses  increased  $827,000 or 12.7% to $7.3 million in fiscal 1998
and  decreased  $1.6 million or 19.6% to $6.5 million in fiscal 1997,  from $8.1
million in fiscal 1996.

Compensation,  payroll  taxes and fringe  benefits,  the  largest  component  of
operating  expenses,  increased $609,000 or 16.5% to $4.3 million in fiscal 1998
and $444,000 or 13.7% to $3.7 million in fiscal 1997 over the  respective  prior
years.  Factors  contributing  to the increases in both years were normal salary
increases,  resulting  higher  payroll  taxes,  an  increases  in the  number of
employees  on  the  payroll,   particularly  professionals  related  to  lending
operations,  higher  bonuses  awarded,  and an increase in retirement and health
care expenses. In addition, the Bank began to offer brokerage services in fiscal
1998 and additional staffing and personnel costs were incurred to establish this
function.

Office occupancy and equipment expense increased $99,000 or 17.3% to $669,000 in
fiscal 1998 and $6,000 or 1.2% to  $570,000  in fiscal 1997 over the  respective
prior years. The increase in fiscal 1998 primarily  reflects rent expense on the
Company's new loan center,  as well as some costs  associated with  establishing
that facility,  partially  offset by reduced  equipment  maintenance  costs. The
increase in fiscal  1997  reflects  increased  maintenance  costs on  equipment,
partially  offset by a reduction in property taxes due to the successful  appeal
of the assessed valuation for tax purposes of two properties.

Depreciation  and amortization  decreased  $25,000 or 4.5% to $516,000 in fiscal
1998 and  increased  $85,000  or 18.7%  to  $541,000  in  fiscal  1997  over the
respective  prior years.  The decrease in fiscal 1998  reflects  some  equipment
becoming fully  depreciated,  partially  offset by increases in depreciation and
amortization on new and renovated facilities.  The increase in fiscal 1997 years
reflects new  equipment  purchased  for both the branch  network and back office
operations, as well as depreciation on facilities renovated.

Premiums for federal deposit insurance were $155,000,  $112,000 and $2.1 million
for the fiscal  years  1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  For fiscal 1998 and
1997,  the amount of the  premiums  is based on the  average  amount of deposits
outstanding  and is  currently  approximately  6.10 basis  points.  Fiscal  1996
results included a one-time  special  assessment of $1.5 million to recapitalize
the SAIF. Exclusive of this one-time charge,  federal deposit insurance premiums
decreased $448,000 or 80.0% in fiscal 1997.

The Bank  recorded  net losses on real  estate  owned of  $12,000,  $31,000  and
$91,000 in fiscal 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The results  reflect the
costs  associated  with the holding and  disposition  of  properties  during the
periods.  The results in fiscal 1998 and 1997 reflect the sale of one  property.
The results in fiscal 1996  primarily  reflect the write-down of one property to
fair value less estimated cost to sell.

Intangible  amortization  was zero in fiscal  1998,  $44,000 in fiscal  1997 and
$264,000 in fiscal 1996. The results reflect the amortization of the intangibles
generated by the three branch  acquisitions that occurred in November 1991, on a
straight-line  basis over five years.  The intangibles  were fully amortized for
book purposes in fiscal 1997.
<PAGE>
Other operating  expenses,  which consist  primarily of check processing  costs,
advertising,  bank service charges, supervisory examination and assessment fees,
legal and other  administrative  expenses,  amounted  to $1.7  million in fiscal
1998,  $1.5 million in fiscal 1997 and $1.4 million in fiscal 1996.  Significant
variations  in fiscal  1998,  compared to fiscal  1997,  included  increases  in
advertising,  stationary and supplies,  consulting fees and costs related tot he
introduction of a new credit card program.  Partially offsetting these increases
was a decrease in legal fees. Significant variations in fiscal 1997, as compared
to fiscal  1996,  include  increases  in bank  service  charges  related  to the
implementation of check imaging,  advertising,  auditing costs, consulting fees,
stationary and supplies and automatic teller machine network costs.

INCOME TAXES

The  company  generated  taxable  income  and, as a  consequence,  recorded  tax
provisions of $1.2 million,  $1.3 million and $226,000 for fiscal 1998, 1997 and
1996,  respectively.   These  changes  reflect  the  difference  in  the  Bank's
profitability  for the periods as well as differences in the effective tax rate.
The  decreased  effective  tax rate in fiscal 1998  primarily  results  from the
Bank's increased purchases of tax-exempt investments.


                                                                              45
<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - continued


IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements and related notes presented herein have
been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles which
require the measurement of financial  position and operating results in terms of
historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power
of money over time due to inflation.

Unlike  most  industrial   companies,   substantially  all  of  the  assets  and
liabilities of the Bank are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have
a more significant  impact on the Bank's performance than the effects of general
levels  of  inflation.  Interest  rates  do not  necessarily  move  in the  same
direction or in the same  magnitude as the prices of goods and  services,  since
such prices are affected by inflation to a larger extent than interest rates. In
the current interest rate environment,  liquidity and the maturity  structure of
the  Company's  assets  and  liabilities  are  critical  tot he  maintenance  of
acceptable performance levels.

YEAR 2000

The Year 2000 problem exists because many computer systems use only the last two
digits  to  refer  to  a  year.  This  convention  could  affect  date-sensitive
calculations  that treat "00" as the year 1900,  rather than 2000. An additional
issue is that 1900 was not a leap  year,  whereas  the year 2000 is.  Therefore,
some programs may not properly provide for February 29, 2000. This anomaly could
result in miscalculations  when processing critical  date-sensitive  information
after December 31, 1999.

The following  discussion of the  implications  of the Year 2000 problem for the
Company  contains  numerous  forward  looking  statements  based  on  inherently
uncertain information. The cost of the project and the date on which the Company
plans to  complete  Year  2000  modifications  are  based on  management's  best
estimates,  which are derived utilizing a number of assumptions of future events
including the continued  availability of internal and external resources,  third
party modifications and other factors.  However,  there can be no guarantee that
these  statements  will be achieved and actual  results could differ.  Moreover,
although management believes it will be able to make the necessary modifications
in advance,  there can be no guarantee  that failure to modify the systems would
not have a material adverse impact on the Company.

In May 1997 the  Company  established  a Year  2000  Compliance  Committee  (the
"Committee")  and  subsequently  developed  a Year  2000  Compliance  Plan  (the
"Plan"). The objectives of the Plan and the Committee are to prepare the Company
for the new millennium.  The Plan encompasses the following  phases:  Awareness,
Assessment, Renovation, Validation and Implementation.  These phases will enable
the Company to identify risks,  develop an action plan, perform adequate testing
and complete  affirmation  that its processing  systems will be Year 2000 ready.
Execution of the Plan is currently on target. The Company is currently in Phases
3 and 4, Renovation and Validation, which involves replacement and/or testing of
changes to hardware  and software  accompanied  by  monitoring  and testing with
vendors. Concurrently, the Company is also addressing some issues related to the
Implementation Phase.  Prioritization of the most critical software applications
and hardware configurations have been addressed, along with contract and service
agreements.  A significant  portion of the Company's data processing software is
provided by third party vendors. The Company has maintained ongoing contact with
these vendors so that  modification of the software for Year 2000 readiness is a
<PAGE>
top priority.  The Company,  in  coordination  with these vendors,  is currently
testing  all  significant  applications  and  this  testing  is  expected  to be
substantially completed,  though there is no assurance, by December 31, 1998. In
addition, all significant hardware that required replacement or upgrade has been
purchased or the upgrade completed.  Testing of his equipment is currently being
performed  and is expected to be  substantially  completed,  though  there is no
assurance,  by December 31, 1999.  The Company has contacted all other  material
vendors and  suppliers  regarding  their Year 2000 state of  readiness.  Each of
these third  parties has  delivered  written  assurance to the Company that they
expect  to be Year  2000  compliant  prior to the Year  2000.  The  Company  has
completed  contacting  all material  customers  and  non-information  technology
suppliers  (i.e.,  utility  systems,  telephone  systems and  security  systems)
regarding their Year 2000 state of readiness.  The Validation  phase is targeted
for  completion by March 31, 1999. The  Implementation  Phase is to certify that
systems  are Year 2000  ready,  along with  assurances  that any new systems are
compliant on a going-forward  basis.  The  Implementation  Phase is targeted for
completion by June 30, 1999.

Monitoring  and managing the Year 2000 project will result in additional  direct
and indirect  costs to the Company.  Direct costs include  potential  charges by
third party  software  vendors  for product  enhancements,  the  replacement  of
computer

46
<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - continued

hardware and related  equipment that was not Year 2000 ready with equipment that
is,  costs  involved in testing  software  and  hardware  products for Year 2000
compliance,  and any resulting costs for developing and implementing contingency
plans for  critical  software  and  hardware  products  which are not  enhanced.
Indirect  costs  will  principally  consist  of the  time  devoted  by  existing
employees in managing vendor progress,  testing  enhanced  software and hardware
products and implementing any necessary  contingency  plans.  Total direct costs
are estimated not to exceed $500,000, but are not expected to be material to the
Company's results of operations in any one quarter or fiscal year. This estimate
includes the cost, and resulting  depreciation,  of accelerating the replacement
of computer equipment that is currently fully depreciated, or would have been by
the Year 2000,  and that  would have been  replaced  in the  ordinary  course of
business over the next two years.  Year 2000 remediation  costs are not expected
to have a  material  adverse  impact on the  long-term  results  of  operations,
liquidity or consolidated  financial  position of the Company.  The Company does
not separately track the internal costs incurred for the Year 2000 project; such
costs are  principally  the related  payroll costs for its  information  systems
group and other employees involved in the project.

The Company is developing remediation  contingency plans and business resumption
plans  specific  to the Year 2000.  Remediation  contingency  plans  address the
actions to be taken if the current  approach to  remediating a system is falling
behind  schedule or otherwise  appears to be in jeopardy of failing to deliver a
year 2000 ready  system  when  needed.  Business  resumption  contingency  plans
address the actions that would be taken if critical  business  functions can not
be carried out in the normal manner upon entering the next century due to system
or supplier failure.

Despite the best efforts of management to address this issue, the vast number of
external entities that have direct and indirect business  relationships with the
Company,  such  as  customers,  vendors,  payment  system  providers  and  other
financial  and  governmental  institutions  makes it  impossible  to assure that
failure to achieve  compliance by one or more of these  entities  would not have
material adverse impact on the operations of the Company.

RECENT ACCOUNTING AND LEGISLATIVE DEVELOPMENTS

In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income".
SFAS No. 130  establishes  standards for reporting and display of  comprehensive
income and its components (revenues,  expenses,  gains and losses) in a full set
of general purpose  financial  statements.  SFAS No. 130 requires that all items
that are required to be recognized under  accounting  standards as components of
comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with
the same prominence as other financial statements.  SFAS No 130 requires that an
enterprise (a) classify items of other comprehensive income by their nature in a
financial   statement  and  (b)  display  the   accumulated   balance  of  other
comprehensive  income separately from retained  earnings and additional  paid-in
capital in the equity section of a statement of financial position. SFAS No. 130
is   effective   for  fiscal   years   beginning   after   December   15,  1997.
Reclassification  of  financial  statements  for earlier  periods  provided  for
comparative purposes is required.

In June 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures  about Segments of an
Enterprise  and Related  Information."  SFAS No. 131  establishes  standards for
reporting  information about operating segments.  It also establishes  standards
<PAGE>
for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major
customers.  SFAS No. 131 is effective for fiscal years  beginning after December
31, 1997. Management does not anticipate that the adoption of this standard will
have a material impact on the Company's reporting.

In June  1998,  the FASB  released  SFAS No.  133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments and Hedging  Activities."  SFAS No. 133  establishes  accounting and
reporting  standards  for  derivative  instruments  and hedging  activities.  It
requires  that  an  entity   recognize  all  derivatives  as  either  assets  or
liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments
at fair value.  The  accounting  for  changes in the fair value of a  derivative
(that is, gains and losses)  depends on the intended use of the  derivative  and
the resulting  designation.  This statement is effective for all fiscal quarters
of  fiscal  years  beginning  after  June  15,  1999.  Earlier   application  is
encouraged,  however,  this  statement  should not be applied  retroactively  to
financial   statements  of  prior  periods.   The  Company  does  not  currently
participate  in any  activity  that  qualifies  as  derivative  or hedging  and,
therefore,  does not expect  this  statement  to have a  material  effect on the
financial statements.


                                                                              47
<PAGE>
                              CORPORATE INFORMATION  

CORPORATE INFORMATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ANNUAL MEETING The annual meeting of the stockholders will be held at 5:00 p.m.,
   on Tuesday,  February 2, 1999 at the  Perrysville  Office of the Bank at 1009
   Perry  Highway,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  Stockholders  are  encouraged to
   attend.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K A copy of Fidelity  Bancorp,  Inc.'s Annual Report on
   Form 10-K is available  without charge to stockholders  upon written request.
   Requests  should  be  addressed  to  Investor   Relations  at  the  Company's
   headquarters.  Also,  periodic reporting  documents filed with the Securities
   and Exchange Commission can be found on the SEC's website:
   http://www.sec.gov.

INVESTOR  RELATIONS  Analysts,   investors,   stockholders  and  others  seeking
   financial  information  are  asked  to  contact  Richard  G.  Spencer,  Chief
   Financial  Officer,  at the  Company's  headquarters.  Requests for all other
   information  should be  addressed  to  Investor  Relations  at the  Company's
   headquarters.

STOCK  TRANSFER/ADDRESS  CHANGES The  Transfer  Agent and  Registrar of Fidelity
   Bancorp, Inc. is Registrar and Transfer Company. Questions regarding transfer
   of stock, address changes or lost certificates should be directed to Investor
   Relations at the Company's  headquarters or to the transfer agent,  Registrar
   and Transfer Company.

DIVIDEND  REINVESTMENT  PLAN  INFORMATION The Fidelity  Bancorp,  Inc.  Dividend
   Reinvestment Plan enables  shareholders of common stock to reinvest quarterly
   dividends  for the  purchase of  additional  shares.  Registered  holders who
   enroll in this plan may also  make  optional  cash  purchases  of  additional
   shares of stock  conveniently  and without  paying  brokerage  commissions or
   service  charges.  A  brochure  describing  the  plan and an  application  to
   participate may be obtained from Investor Relations.



INVESTOR RELATIONS

Fidelity Bancorp, Inc.
1009 Perry Highway
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15237
(412) 367-3300, X3139

TRANSFER AGENT

Registrar and Transfer Company
10 Commerce Drive
Cranford, New Jersey 07016
(800) 866-1340


<PAGE>


DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT
PLAN INFORMATION
Investor Relations
Fidelity Bancorp, Inc.
1009 Perry Highway
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15237
(412) 367-3300, X3139


FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Richard G. Spencer
Chief Financial Officer
Fidelity Bancorp, Inc.
1009 Perry Highway
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15237
(412) 367-3300, X3121

ANNUAL REPORT
ON FORM 10-K

Investor Relations
Fidelity Bancorp, Inc.
1009 Perry Highway
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15237
(412) 367-3300, X3139



48
<PAGE>
                            CAPITAL STOCK INFORMATION


STOCK INFORMATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The  following  table  sets forth the  fiscal  1998,  1997 and 1996 high and low
prices as  reported  on the NASDAQ  National  Market  System  and the  dividends
declared per common  share.  Amounts shown have been adjusted to reflect the 25%
stock split paid in March 1998 and the 10% stock  dividends paid in May 1997 and
May 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Stock Price                Dividends
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Quarter Ended:                                                 High        Low           Cash        Stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>             <C>          <C>        
      September 30, 1998                                            $23.88     $17.50          $.090        --
      June 30, 1998                                                 $28.00     $22.00           .090        25%
      March 31, 1998                                                $25.59     $21.70           .072        --
      December 31, 1997                                             $23.41     $17.80           .072        --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      September 30, 1997                                            $18.59     $16.00          $.072        --
      June 30, 1997                                                 $17.20     $14.73           .065        10%
      March 31, 1997                                                $17.36     $13.45           .065        --
      December 31, 1996                                             $14.91     $13.45           .058        --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      September 30, 1996                                            $14.36     $11.64          $.058        --
      June 30, 1996                                                 $12.73     $11.23           .053        10%
      March 31, 1996                                                $12.39     $10.91           .053        --
      December 31, 1995                                             $11.91     $10.75           .053        --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

As of September 30, 1998,  Fidelity Bancorp,  Inc. had 1,978,543 shares of stock
outstanding and  approximately  625  stockholders,  including  beneficial owners
whose stock is held in nominee name.




<PAGE> 
COMMON STOCK
MARKET MAKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


NASDAQ National Market:
   Common Stock
   Symbol FSBI

MARKET MAKERS

Legg Mason Wood Walker Inc. (LEGG)
2500 CNG Tower
625 Liberty Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15222 -- (800) 346-5075

Ryan, Beck &Co. (RYAN)
80 Main Street
West Orange, NJ 07039 -- (800) 395-7926

Herzog, Heine, Geduld, Inc. (HRZG)
525 Washington Boulevard
Pavonia, NJ 07310 -- (800) 221-3600



      TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES
      MARKET MAKERS

NASDAQ National Market:
   Trust Preferred Securities
   Symbol FSBIP

MARKET MAKERS

Ryan, Beck &Co. (RYAN)
80 Main Street
West Orange, NJ 07039 -- (800) 395-7926

The Ohio Company
155 E. Broad Street
Columbus, OH 43215 -- (800) 848-0927


                                                                              49
<PAGE>
                                 FIDELITY BANK

                               BANK HEADQUARTERS


       1009 Perry Highway, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15237 o (412) 367-3300

                FAX (412) 364-6504 o E-Mail: [email protected]



                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  JOHN R. GALES
                                    President
                             J.R. Gales & Associates

                               CHARLES E. NETTROUR
                                    President
                             Martin & Nettrour, Inc.
                       Retirement Designs Unlimited, Inc.


                               ROBERT F. KASTELIC
                                    President
                                X-Mark Industries

                               JOANNE ROSS WILDER
                                    Attorney
                          Wilder, Mahood &Crenney, P.C.



                                OLIVER D. KEEFER
                                      Owner
                              Ralph E. Lane Company

                               WILLIAM L. WINDISCH
                                    President
                             Chief Executive Officer

                                JAMES E. SHEPARD
                                Director Emeritus
                                Retired President
                             Power Equipment Company


<PAGE>
                                    OFFICERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               WILLIAM L. WINDISCH
                                    President
                             Chief Executive Officer

                             RICHARD G. SPENCER, CPA
                            Executive Vice President
                             Chief Financial Officer
                                    Treasurer

                                MICHAEL A. MOONEY
                            Executive Vice President
                              Chief Lending Officer

                                  LISA M. CLINE
                              Senior Vice President
                                 Human Resources
                           and Administrative Services
                               Assistant Secretary

                                  SANDRA L. LEE
                              Senior Vice President
                                   Operations

                                ANTHONY F. ROCCO
                              Senior Vice President
                                Community Banking


                                  SUSAN J. LOWE

                               Corporate Secretary

                               ANTHONY J. PARAVATI
                                 Vice President
                             Commercial Loan Officer

                               ARLENE P. PETROSKY
                                 Vice President
                             Commercial Loan Officer

                                  DAVID A. RENO
                                 Vice President
                             Commercial Real Estate
                                  Loan Officer

                              LISA L. GRIFFITH, CPA
                            Assistant Vice President
                               Assistant Treasurer
                                   Controller

                              KENNETH J. BARKOVICH
                            Assistant Vice President
                                 Branch Manager


<PAGE>


                                LEONARD T. CONLEY
                            Assistant Vice President
                               Residential Lending

                              CHRISTINE J. HOFFMAN
                            Assistant Vice President
                                   Operations

                                 NEAL H. JACKSON
                            Assistant Vice President
                                 Branch Manager

                                 LYNNE A. MANSKI
                            Assistant Vice President
                                    Marketing

                               LINDA D. METZMAIER
                            Assistant Vice President
                            Internal Audit/Compliance

                               BERNARD T. UHRINEK
                            Assistant Vice President
                                 Data Processing

                                  LINDA M. YON
                            Assistant Vice President
                                 Branch Manager


50
<PAGE>
                             FIDELITY BANCORP, INC.  





                             CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS


       1009 Perry Highway, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15237 o (412) 367-3300

                FAX (412) 364-6504 o E-Mail: [email protected]



                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  JOHN R. GALES
                                    President
                             J.R. Gales & Associates

                               CHARLES E. NETTROUR
                                    President
                             Martin & Nettrour, Inc.
                       Retirement Designs Unlimited, Inc.



                               ROBERT F. KASTELIC
                                    President
                                X-Mark Industries

                               JOANNE ROSS WILDER
                                    Attorney
                          Wilder, Mahood &Crenney, P.C.



                                OLIVER D. KEEFER
                                      Owner
                              Ralph E. Lane Company

                               WILLIAM L. WINDISCH
                                    President
                             Chief Executive Officer

<PAGE>



                                    OFFICERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               WILLIAM L. WINDISCH
                                    President
                             Chief Executive Officer

                             RICHARD G. SPENCER, CPA
                                 Vice President
                             Chief Financial Officer
                                    Treasurer

                                MICHAEL A. MOONEY
                                 Vice President


                                  SUSAN J. LOWE

                               Corporate Secretary

                                  LISA M. CLINE
                               Assistant Secretary

                              LISA L. GRIFFITH, CPA
                               Assistant Treasurer



                              Independent Auditors
                              KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
                             One Mellon Bank Center
                         Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219


                                                                              51
<PAGE>
                               BANK BRANCH LOCATIONS  

                                  ALLISON PARK
                           Duncan Manor Shopping Plaza
                        Allison Park, Pennsylvania 15101
                                  412-366-1200

                                   BLOOMFIELD
                               4719 Liberty Avenue
                         Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15224
                                  412-682-0311

                                  BRIGHTON ROAD
                               3300 Brighton Road
                         Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15212
                                  412-734-2675

                                   MT. LEBANON
                                312 Beverly Road
                         Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15216
                                  412-571-1333

                                   MT. LEBANON
                               728 Washington Road
                         Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15228
                                  412-561-2470

                                    NORTHWAY
                             6000 Babcock Boulevard
                         Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15237
                                  412-367-9010

                                   PERRYSVILLE
                               1009 Perry Highway
                         Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15237
                                  412-364-3200

                                  STRIPDISTRICT
                                2034 Penn Avenue
                         Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222
                                  412-402-1000

                                   ZELIENOPLE
                               251 S. Main Street
                         Zelienople, Pennsylvania 16063
                                  724-452-6655

52

  











                                 Exhibit 23
<PAGE>
The Board of Directors
Fidelity Bancorp Inc:




We consent to the  incorporation by reference in the registration  statements on
Form  S-8  pertaining  to the  Fidelity  Bancorp,  Inc.'s  1997  Employee  Stock
Compensation  Program  filed  March  12,  1998,  and  the  1993  Employee  Stock
Compensation Program and 1993 Directors' Stock Option Plan filed May 2, 1997, of
our report dated October 30, 1998,  relating to the  consolidated  statements of
financial condition of Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. as of September 30, 1998 and 1997,
and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year  period ended  September 30, 1998,
which report  appears in the September  30, 1998,  annual report on Form 10-K of
Fidelity Bancorp, Inc.


/s/KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
- ------------------------
KMPG Peat Marwick LLP

Pittsuburgh, Pennsylvania
December 23, 1998

 
 


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 9
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1998
<CASH>                                           2,539
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                             613
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                     0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    140,547
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                          26,538
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                            26,905
<LOANS>                                        221,136
<ALLOWANCE>                                      2,243
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 406,044
<DEPOSITS>                                     261,735
<SHORT-TERM>                                     7,070
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              2,968
<LONG-TERM>                                    105,250
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            20
<OTHER-SE>                                      29,001
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 406,044
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                 16,597
<INTEREST-INVEST>                               11,376
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                    74
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                28,047
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                              10,940
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              17,364
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                           10,683
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                      405
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                  84
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                  7,315
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  4,129
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       4,129
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     2,925
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.49
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.44
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    2.80
<LOANS-NON>                                        552
<LOANS-PAST>                                         0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                 1,931
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                    (110)
<RECOVERIES>                                        17
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                2,243
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                             2,243
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                              0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission